American Indian(Native American)Original's topics - tribe.net

Question Leonard Peltier

2009-12-21T16:46:28Z

I was a member of a tribe dedicated to leonard but it has disapeared..does anyone have knowledge of this tribe dedicated to the justice for leonard peltier? message me please

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

Gang Violence Grows on an Indian Reservation

2009-12-15T17:49:14Z

Gang Violence Grows on an Indian Reservation
From: American Indian Center of Indiana <aici.editor@GMAIL.COM>
To: NAGSA-NEWS-L@LISTSERV.INDIANA.EDU
Date: Tue, Dec 15, 2009 10:07 am

Please forward this to everyone you know...thanks.

December 14, 2009
Gang Violence Grows on an Indian Reservation
By ERIK ECKHOLM
PINE RIDGE, S.D. — Richard Wilson has been a pallbearer for at least five of his “homeboys” in the North Side Tre Tre Gangster Crips, a Sioux imitation of a notorious Denver gang.
One 15-year-old member was mauled by rivals. A 17-year-old shot himself; another, on a cocaine binge and firing wildly, was shot by the police. One died in a drunken car wreck, and another, a founder of the gang named Gaylord, was stabbed to death at 27.
“We all got drunk after Gaylord’s burial, and I started rapping,” said Mr. Wilson, who, at 24, is practically a gang elder. “But I teared up and couldn’t finish.”
Mr. Wilson is one of 5,000 young men from the Oglala Sioux tribe involved with at least 39 gangs on the Pine Ridge Indian Reservation. The gangs are being blamed for an increase in vandalism, theft, violence and fear that is altering the texture of life here and in other parts of American Indian territory.
This stunning land of crumpled prairie, horse pastures turned tawny in the autumn and sunflower farms is marred by an astonishing number of roadside crosses and gang tags sprayed on houses, stores and abandoned buildings, giving rural Indian communities an inner-city look.
Groups like Wild Boyz, TBZ, Nomads and Indian Mafia draw children from broken, alcohol-ravaged homes, like Mr. Wilson’s, offering brotherhood, an identity drawn from urban gangsta rap and self-protection.
Some groups have more than a hundred members, others just a couple of dozen. Compared with their urban models, they are more likely to fight rivals, usually over some minor slight, with fists or clubs than with semiautomatic pistols.
Mr. Wilson, an unemployed school dropout who lives with assorted siblings and partners in his mother’s ramshackle house, without running water, displayed a scar on his nose and one over his eye. “It’s just like living in a ghetto,” he said. “Someone’s getting beat up every other night.”
The Justice Department distinguishes the home-grown gangs on reservations from the organized drug gangs of urban areas, calling them part of an overall juvenile crime problem in Indian country that is abetted by eroding law enforcement, a paucity of juvenile programs and a suicide rate for Indian youth that is more than three times the national average.
If they lack the reach of the larger gangs after which they style themselves, the Indian gangs have emerged as one more destructive force in some of the country’s poorest and most neglected places.
While many crimes go unreported, the police on the Pine Ridge reservation have documented thousands of gang-related thefts, assaults — including sexual assaults — and rising property crime over the last three years, along with four murders. Residents are increasingly fearful that their homes will be burglarized or vandalized. Car windows are routinely smashed out.
“Tenants are calling in and saying ‘I’m scared,’ ” Paul Iron Cloud, executive officer of the Oglala Sioux (Lakota) Housing Authority, told the Senate Committee on Indian Affairs in July at a special hearing on the increase of gang activity.
“It seems that every day we’re getting more violence,” Mr. Iron Cloud said.
Perhaps unique to reservations, rivals sometimes pelt one other with cans of food from the federal commodity program, a practice called “commod-squadding.”
As federal grants to Pine Ridge have declined over the last decade, the tribal police force has shrunk by more than half, with only 12 to 20 officers per shift patrolling an area the size of Rhode Island, said John Mousseau, chairman of the tribe’s judiciary committee.
Attorney General Eric H. Holder Jr. has proposed large increases in money for the police, courts and juvenile programs, and for fighting rampant domestic and sexual violence on reservations.
Christopher M. Grant, who used to head a police antigang unit in Rapid City, S.D., and is now a consultant on gangs to several tribes and federal agencies, has noted the “marked increase in gang activity, particularly on reservations in the Midwest, the Northwest and the Southwest” over the last five to seven years.
The Navajo Nation in Arizona, for example, has identified 225 gang units, up from 75 in 1997.
One group that reaches across reservations in Minnesota, called the Native Mob, is more like the street gangs seen in cities, with hierarchical leadership and involvement in drug and weapons trafficking, Mr. Grant said.
Many of the gangs in Pine Ridge, like the Tre Tre Crips, were started by tribal members who encountered them in prison or while living off the reservation; others have taken their names and colors from movies and records.
Even as they seek to bolster policing, Pine Ridge leaders see their best long-term hope for fighting gangs in cultural revival.
“We’re trying to give an identity back to our youth,” said Melvyn Young Bear, the tribe’s appointed cultural liaison. “They’re into the subculture of African-Americans and Latinos. But they are Lakota, and they have a lot to be proud of.”
Mr. Young Bear, 42, is charged with promoting Lakota rituals, including drumming, chanting and sun dances. He noted that some Head Start programs were now conducted entirely in Lakota.
Michael Little Boy Jr., 30, of the village of Evergreen, said he had initially been tempted by gang life, but with rituals and purifying sweat lodges, “I was able to turn myself around.” He is emerging as a tribal spiritual leader, working with youth groups to promote native traditions.
Mr. Grant said a survey of young men in South Dakota reservations found that the approach might be helping.
Mr. Wilson, the 24-year-old gang member, said he regretted not learning the Sioux language when he was young and now wondered about his own future.
“I still get drunk and hang with my homeboys, but not like I used to,” he said.
His car, its windows shattered, sits outside his house, so he cannot get to the G.E.D. class he says he would like to attend. His goal is to run a recording studio where his younger half-brother, Richard Lame, 18, could make rap songs. Mr. Lame is finishing high school and says he wants to go to college.
But he admits that he still joined 30 or so homeboys in town to party any chance he got — “for the rush, the thrill.” As he spoke, he was dressed in the dark colors of his set, the Black Wall Street Boyz; his tiny bedroom was decorated with movie posters of Al Pacino as the megalomaniacal drug dealer Tony Montana in “Scarface,” and he wore a black bandanna.
He pulled out a thick sheaf of his rap lyrics and gave an impromptu performance.
Ever since birth
I been waitin’ for death

--
Kerry Steiner
Volunteer Editor
American Indian Center of Indiana, Inc.
2236 E 10th Street
Indianapolis, IN 46201
(317) 917-8000
(800) 745-5872
Cell: (317) 370-6781
www.AmericanIndianCenter.Org
AICI.Editor@gmail.com
******************************************************************************************************************** nagsa-news-l is shared by Native American student groups and organizations around Indiana University and Bloomington. To unsubscribe, send a message with the phrase "unsubscribe nagsa-news-l" in the message body to listserv@indiana.edu.
This list is moderated and restricted to news and event announcements

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

The Prophecy: A Great Purification and Earth Changes

2009-11-21T21:35:08Z

http://www.nativehealer.net/Healer2005/prophecies.html

ufo contact prophecies

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

Hopi

2009-11-15T19:06:05Z

Hi -- I see a lot of posts about Hopi prophecies in this tribe, thought you might enjoy my page about Hopi Elder Martin Gashweseoma:

http://www.hopistar.org

alex

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

lost or stolen my Pow Wow CD's are gone..can anyone burn some and send?

2009-10-31T20:03:45Z

I don't know if you knew it but I have moved to a much better place. 3 hours north but still in Indiana.
I have interviewed for a job and I think I got it. On oct 28th I celebrated my 50th Birthday. So as I near Elder status,I am rethinking life.
I recieved gifts from cyber friends and Natives from various places. Some sweet grass and sage badly needed. I was blessed.
Unfortunately, my Pow wow drum music cd's were stolen or lost in the move. Even though I left the apartment cleaner than when I moved in and had to leave behind a very expencive 6 foot mirror (wouldn't fit in my truck) :(.
My landlord is trying to keep my deposit of $400.00. He is a slum lord!
And then they messed up my unemployment because I moved thus I was cheated out of a check and had to use the next to pay bank fees. Moving is tough as I know you know!
Now my unemployment ran out but before that they had to empty 2 accounts. Last week I only got 70 dollars and this past week I only got 19. Food stamps ran out and I reaplied.It will be refilled on the 6th. So I have not had an easy move but the people here are so much more spiritual and friendly!
I think (hope it was a good decition). I just could not sign another year lease and be stuck in that negative bad city.
So here is a question for you:
Do you own any drum music? And if so is it a possibility that you could burn me a copy or two? Living without native music is killing me. No Pow Wow to go to, I missed it as it was before my move.
There is a Native American group here in town associated with the University, but I have not been able to contact them, rather they have not gotten back to me. Indian time.

Let me know about the drum cd's. I can post it on tribe.
Wishing you health and happiness.
Kalona'/Raven
Frank

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

welcome new members

2009-10-19T17:02:30Z

Question..how has the world been treating you? are we aproaching chane and the prophecies are coming true?This past year has nearly killed me so many changes..lost my job people leaving my life.so many changes..is it a cleansing..I do pray burn my sage and sweet grass and try to survive..but this has been the worst year of my life..how are you doing? notice any changes?

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 4 replies

warning

2009-10-17T19:45:02Z

Selling Out Native Americans
America is a capitalist society. We are product driven, consuming what we want, when we want it. We have even managed to commercialize spirituality -- especially that belonging to America's first people. Large department stores sell knock-off items of spiritual importance and well-known companies and sporting teams exploit Native images in the form of logos and mascots. Men and women without blood ties to Native cultures -- or those with a minuscule amount -- act as leaders, guides, medicine people and spiritual leaders, profiting from workshops, best-selling books, crafts, artwork, movies and false ceremonies.
Native people all over the country are outraged by such commercialization; their culture being stripped, pieces sold to gullible buyers. Their traditions and beliefs blend with others to form counterfeit concepts -- intertwined with stereotypes found in books or movies -- that is now marketed as an actual "religion." The so-called teachers gain authenticity from mainstream America (including publishers and the press) by fooling the public, staking claim to a heritage they truly know little about. They play Indian, looking the part, using buzzwords and stoic language -- yet steering away from "real" Indians, afraid of being challenged in front of their followers.
Mainstream American often accepts their "truths" at face value, without knowing the person is acting out of greed, arrogance and self-appointed superiority. Genuine spiritual leaders would not set out to turn a profit from their teachings. They would not sell a sacred ceremony or conduct a workshop on how to find your inner animal totem. They do not charge for their services, offer a "Shaman" website or create tarot cards. They will, however, instruct those who need instructing and heal those who need healing -- within their own community. Their lives are dedicated to their work. They are neither greedy nor looking for prestige. Their lives belong to their calling, and to the people within their community.
People to watch out for: Mary Summer Rain, Jamie Samms, Sun Bear and the Bear Tribe, Chief Red Fox, Iron Thunderhorse, Harley Swift Deer Reagan, Evelyn Eaton, O'Shinna, Ted Andrews, Jamake Highwater, Shequish Ohoho, Bird Brother, Mary Elizabeth Marlow, Vision Quest Inc, Sedonia Cahill, The Great Round Organization, Cyfus McDonald, Oshena, Brooke Medicine Eagle, Wallace Black Elk, Alonso Blacksmith, Carlos Casta~neda, Mary Thunder, Oceana, Ghostwolf, Barking Tree, Lynn Andrews and Barking Tree.
What they are peddling: Sweat ceremonies/ various workshops/ sun dances/ shaman healing/ power animals/ vision quests/ dreamcatchers/ medicine wheels/ CDs/ pre-made sweat tents/ medicine crystals/ tarot cards/ psychic readings/ Native American weddings or naming ceremonies/ pipe ceremonies/ and books on various topics.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 3 replies

stand up for Leonard

2009-10-17T00:05:00Z

Its time to stand big and strong for Leonard Peltier. There may not be another opportunity such as this ~ 564 Tribal Leaders at the White House~ There will be a lot of press there ~ No doubt ~Let the press that day see the peoples support for Leonard also ~ If your in the west,east ,north or south go~one day ~ make a difference ~ could be our last good chance ~take friends~ have a celebration of deliverance ~be strong be happy ~stand proud ~ show that we are still here~one day ~ just one day out of 365~ if you can ~give that day to justice for all of our people ~and help free Leonard Peltier~

The elected leaders all have as they should their own Nations interest first thing in their mind~ But contact your tribal office and ask whoever is going to just say 2 words for Leonard while they are in front of the President~ Just 2 words ~ Free Peltier

If there is anything i can do to help make this possible for you to do please contact me~

In the Spirit of Crazy Horse

and

In the Spirit of Justice for our People
and

In the Spirit of the Indigenous Rights Movement
wanbli

Tribal Directory Please use to make phone calls or send emails.
http://www.doi.gov/bia/ia_tribal_directory.html

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

eclipse,mayan

2009-07-22T02:44:03Z

Tuesday, July 21, 2009
Total Solar Eclipse July 22nd 2009 Evolutionary Shift

The Earth orbit, as you know, has been changing as has its tilt and magnetic fields. Many individuals will have a role before, during and after this eclipse shift to prepare the full in-set of 5th domain energy on this planet. What does this mean? Masters and higher domain beings in and out of form, each with their own roles, will prepare this planet for this magnetic confluence of the two orbs.

The Moon is a giver of life; the Sun holds all encoding for the Plan as written for the evolution of this planet and the solar system. The confluence of energies on this day, with a direct heads-on magnetic confluence will allow added electro-magnetic energy to the placement and settling in of all that has been laid to date in regard to encoding and energetic layers, setting them permanently on all orbs of the solar system including Earth. There is then no going back. And, with the stabilization of the encoding and energies there will be the same in each life form, including human.

Many consider energetic shifts only in regard to Earth and only in regard to human life. Remember, all that is occurring effects the entire solar system and all life throughout the solar system. Each species has chosen collectively whether to remain or leave, and each human has chosen to remain and evolve or leave. These decisions are set-in with this stabilization process.

This confluence is one of the major actions that will occur cosmically from this point to the final shift into fifth domain energies on this planet on 12.31.2011. All life that is leaving will do so through the route of their soul’s choice – and the leaving will accelerate after the eclipse as there is diminishing purpose to stay. For all life that is staying, throughout the solar system, all encoding and energy within them and without will stabilize and expand to facilitate their personal and species specific evolution – including humans.

There is a three day window of effect from a cosmic view, July 21 from 12 midnight London, England (GMT) time to July 23, 7 PM London, England (GMT) time. Effect of the eclipse is both worldwide and throughout the solar system, including our Sun and Moon as Earth is the origination point for these evolutionary shifts. You do not need to travel to the eclipse area in Asia and the Pacific (see NASA site for specifics) to experience the effect. Please also note that July 23, 7:00 PM GMT is July 24, 7 AM at the Marshall Islands – the relative end point of visualization of the eclipse. Check your time zone (see links below). For instance, those in the US, using the Denver, Colorado time zone, and convert to your time zone. The three days of effect, and relative time in Mountain Time begins July 20 at 6 PM and ends July 23 at 1 PM.

See the following link to convert the time for your area.

For tracking information and date/time of the actual eclipse see NASA’s site.

We recommend that you raise your awareness to this event and its effect on you and all life, including orbs. That you release any and all resistance to the settling in of your expansion and evolution back to your natal self, your soul. Allow times of stillness, meditation, contemplation, and rest for integration during each of these three days. Surrender to and embrace the shifts that will be occurring within and without your form. Afterward, expect a continuation of the internal process that will be reflected in your state of being. Hold the intention for the smooth and effortlessly transition for all life to a higher state of awareness with harm to none.

You may want to use the following intention in your times of Contemplation...

I am whole in divine perfection. I hold this for all life.

A post note: It is important to remember that there are many, many actions that have and will be taken energetically to bring the evolution of all life to the new vibration of the fifth domain. This is only one; however this is a sentinel event. There will be two more such events before the final shift on 12.31.2011 that you may or may not be aware of and/or participate in. According to your state of consciousness you will know what to do and when. Follow this knowing to accelerate your conscious evolution from day-to-day just as you do with this global gathering in conscious and collective participation and effect on July 22 of this year.

According to NASA (see web site link above for more information)

On Wednesday, 2009 July 22, a total eclipse of the Sun is visible from within a narrow corridor that traverses half of Earth. The path of the Moon's umbral shadow begins in India and crosses through Nepal, Bangladesh, Bhutan, Myanmar and China. After leaving mainland Asia, the path crosses Japan's Ryukyu Islands and curves southeast through the Pacific Ocean where the maximum duration of totality reaches 6 min 39 s. A partial eclipse is seen within the much broader path of the Moon's penumbral shadow, which includes most of eastern Asia, Indonesia, and the Pacific Ocean…

The annular path begins in the South Atlantic at 06:06 UT when the Moon's antumbral shadow meets Earth and forms a 363 kilometer wide corridor. Traveling eastward, the shadow quickly sweeps south of the African continent, missing it by approximately 900 kilometers. Slowly curving to the northeast the path crosses the southern Indian Ocean.

Greatest eclipse[1] takes place at 07:58:39 UT when the eclipse magnitude[2] will reach 0.9282. At this instant, the annular duration is 7 minutes 54 seconds, the path width is 280 kilometers and the Sun is 73° above the flat horizon formed by the open ocean. The central track continues northeast where it finally encounters land in the form of the Cocos Islands and onward to southern Sumatra and western Java (Figure 2).

At 09:40 UT, the central line duration is 6 minutes 18 seconds and the Sun's altitude at 25°. In its final minutes, the antumbral shadow cuts across central Borneo and clips the northwestern edge of Celebes before ending just short of Mindanao, Philippines at 09:52 UT. During a 3 hour 46 minute trajectory across our planet, the Moon's antumbra travels approximately 14,500 kilometers and covers 0.9% of Earth's surface area.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

materialism..new agers and in responce to Native Americans bottom of article

2009-07-17T04:26:54Z

Narcissism and Spiritual Materialism: The New Age Legacy
by Kobutsu Malone

Recently, I went for a walk with a close friend in a nearby town. It was a beautiful day and the town was one of those places where there is an abundance of antique stores, craft shops, book stores and the like. As we walked along I spotted a sign in a window that said "Zen" and "Tai Chi." Curious what the "zen" reference involved, we entered the establishment.
Immediately we were assailed by the distinctive "odor" of New Age -- that sweet smell of candle perfume combined with cheap, saccharine Indian incense. The ubiquitous CD was playing in the background, permeating the store with a soothing rather mysterious ambient music, very "spacey." The store was filled with books, posters, crystals and assorted materials.
We spent some time looking at the books, a large assortment of topics ranging from angels to zen. Their selection of Buddhist books was fairly decent. A copy of Chogyam Trungpa's "Cutting Through Spiritual Materialism" was prominently displayed. I could not help flashing on the sly little smile that would have crossed Rinpoche's face had he been there and seen his book displayed in such an establishment.
Leafing through the books and looking at the titles, I was struck by the heavy emphasis on the notion that the vast majority of them were offering people something other than reality. The theme of altered, higher, better states of consciousness occurred repeatedly. I was surprised at the number of books dedicated to "angels." The recurrent thread throughout was that of personal entitlement, getting something, reaching or attaining something. All of it seemed demeaning in a way, a tacit acknowledgment that there was something missing, that an individual could find and possess by reading the book. I could not help noticing some of the customers browsing the titles, most appeared to be dissatisfied people desperately seeking some sort of answers.
There was a bulletin board, covered with advertisements for dozens of "healers," "body workers" and various "schools" of "mystical arts." This was very much what Trungpa Rinpoche used to refer to as "the Spiritual Supermarket" a plethora of offerings appealing to our sense of spiritual poverty, offering relief in the form of spiritual commodities, "higher" states of consciousness, travel to higher realms, secrets of the universe. All of it appealing to the underlying diaspora of separateness and disconnectedness that is all pervasive in the human condition.
The overriding theme in this spiritual supermarket was that there was something missing which could be provided by the products being sold. Nowhere was the notion evident that perhaps the real problem was that we had too much to begin with, and what we really needed was to let go. Everywhere the message was self centered, me, me, mine... achievement, gain, and ego reinforcement seemed all pervasive. I could not help but wonder how many people had come into such places in search of peace of mind. Someone discovering an offered technique which seemed appealing, purchasing the available books, tapes and materials, taking them all home to begin their new life of spirituality. They would find out in a short time after the fascination wore off that they were still deeply dissatisfied. One could imagine people going back to the supermarket, getting all the stuff for a different "modality" (they seem to like that word "modality") and starting the process again. I would imagine that this could become an endless occupation, jumping from cosmic consciousness to crystal healing to channeling to pyramidology to energy vibrations, to out-of-body experiences, to déjà vu, to ESP, to Atlantis, to reincarnation to endless other "ologies" and "isms." Truly a never ending story.... always searching, trying to find something, anything, to fill the perceived need that something is missing.
The theme of selfishness appears to exist throughout the New Age trip, it is on the whole supported by middle class white people who are dissatisfied with their lives and uncomfortable in their relationships and surroundings. Invariably it is a money making scene, the books, crystals, bells, incense, oils, aromas, the tapes and CD's all sell like hotcakes.
I could find no information in the store that had any reference to the sign in the window advertising "zen" the clerk did not offer an explanation, there seemed no reason for the sign other than the novelty of the word "zen." This is a common occurrence in materialistic America. Over the years I have seen numerous advertising campaigns offering "zen" this and "zen" that. Books have been written with the word "zen" in the title that have nothing to with zen at all. "Zen" is a "pop" word that sells.
From this perspective, there is no relationship between zen and "New Age," in fact, they are diametrically opposed. Zen does not cater to selfish notions of self improvement or egoistic narcissistic spiritual entertainment. If any thing, zen is about destroying utterly such preconceptions. There is nothing "New" about zen, it has been around for 2500 years. Whatever preconceived ideas may be proffered by so called "New Age" gurus, have nothing to do with formal traditional zen practice.
New Age notions of "love n' light, peace and harmony, and we are all one" are in no way aspects of zen training. To think otherwise is childlike and ignorant. Zen is a far more realistic and sophisticated than that, more down to earth and ordinary. To lump zen in with the myriad of New Age endeavors is completely erroneous. Zen is a method for becoming sane not a self-indulgent hobby for bored rich white people.
The "New Age" movement, if indeed it can be referred to as a movement, appears to be a desperate effort of people attempting to find the spirituality that is totally lacking in the dominant culture. Dominant here means more than mainstream, for domination is an integral element of the pervasive materialistic and conquest based culture of the West. The power-over dynamic and materialistic nature of Western culture is a product of conquest and subjugation that grew out of European feudalism, patriarchism, theocratic dictatorship and opportunistic desire to wield power over other beings. The entire history of what we are taught is "civilization" is in short a story of conquest, written by the conquerors with their purposes in mind. This element of conquest is the backbone of materialism and the materialistic psychology that enables people to visualize their entire world as objects that can be manipulated for selfish gain, this manipulation includes people. Materialism and the principle of conquest are driving forces in the efforts of groups to control the lives of others. Efforts to legislate morality, attempts to mold society to arbitrary standards developed by religious groups based on belief systems all rely on the conquest principle, the subjugation of others.
What is perhaps no so apparent, is the degree to which this paradigm permeates our personal lives on a day to day basis. The conquest paradigm has disconsciously been incorporated into our psychology in ways that are far from apparent.
The conquest paradigm by its nature is diametrically in opposition to spirituality, and when practiced leaves no room for the freedom of spirituality, no room to breathe. The root of spirituality is "spiritus" the Latin word for breath, the essence of life itself.
In our Western society materialism has become so all encompassing that we have no clue as to any alternatives, since our foundation, our psychology, our spiritual leanings have all been contaminated by materialism.. We have no way to relate to things other than materialistically. The New Age phenomenon is very much a materialistic approach in fact it is a thinly disguised system of conquest applied to what we perceive as the spiritual. In so many cases, our thirst for meaning, our need for fulfillment, can only manifest in terms of wanting to appropriate more "stuff." In the New Age this means appropriating the spirituality of other cultures because we are so impoverished and have squandered our heritage and fatally polluted it with our materialistic attitude of conquest and ownership.
We blithely in our search seek to appropriate the wisdom of ancient masters, we adopt the spirituality of other cultures as though they were ours for the taking.. Our spiritual search has turned into spiritual conquest, we have become rapists, pillagers and looters of other cultural legacies. We are exercising our conquest psychology by stealing the cultural spiritual heritage of other cultures because we have destroyed our own. This goes on and on..... go into the new age book store and look around -- consider what has just been said here when you do.
We may buy a book on indigenous shamanism, we may gather the feathers, the drum, the medicine bag, the herbs, the pipe, all the "required" paraphernalia... and pretend to be a shaman. We may go to someone who claims to be such a person to learn from them. But after we've done all that, after we've read everything that can be read on the subject, acquired all the props, dressed ourselves in the native clothes, painted our faces -- when we look in the mirror -- we are still a white person pretending to be someone other than who we are. We are a clumsy approximation of a shaman at best. If we study an Asian tradition we can never become an Asian person, we can not undo our past and somehow recreate a cultural heritage. In short, we are who we are and need to become used to the idea that we do not have the right to steal the heritage of another culture to satisfy our unbridled greed and arrogance.
You see, what is really needed is not what is offered for sale, advertised for money and acquired through materialistic gain. What is needed, is to look at our motivations, to examine our present condition, to study our history to learn about how we function. We can do none of this if we are involved in looking outside ourselves for answers, if we are looking for "higher" states of consciousness.
What is a "higher" state of consciousness? Higher that what? We are not even aware of our present state of mind other than that we are in pain, feel a lack and want to feel complete. We behave as if spoiled children who want their situation "fixed" and taken care of right away. We have not really looked at ourselves, we have not deeply examined the nature of our feelings, the root causes of those feelings, the social structure, language and culture that has produced our world views. In short we are so busy wanting to escape that we have not taken the time to understand the nature of our imprisonment. What sense does it make to trade one jail cell for another, when the prison walls are in reality our own forgotten creation?
The real truth is that things are not as bad as we thought.... In fact, they are much worse! This is the real work of spirituality, this is the grist for the mill. The notion that we can somehow look into the mirror of our selves and see some magical vision of purity and light is mere wishful thinking, an attempt to escape from the pain of our collective social karma.
The real truth is that there is no escape, no way out. There are temporary, highly entertaining "trips" we can go on in an attempt at escape, but ultimately they all wind up back at the same place, we are left feeling the fundamental dissatisfactoriness that is all pervasive.
Until we are brave enough to face the truth, to recognize the dire nature of the problem, to see that we are not alone in feeling dissatisfaction we have no hope of coming to any sort of insight and wisdom. So long as we are totally wrapped up in planning our own personal escape, we can not see the real problem, we can not see that there are others who are just as stuck, in just as much pain as we are.
There is no escape in the New Age, it is a mere product of the culture of materialism, a fantasy woven to cater to our neurotic obsession with ourselves and our personal angst. New Age is for those who have money, idle time and nothing better to do. Check it out -- How many poor people struggling to put food on their tables, living lives far more uncomfortable that our own are in the New Age stores seeking answers to their problems?
Are we not really looking to heal our selves in all of this? We are in a peculiar dilemma, we know that something is wrong but we are so absorbed in escaping from the pain that we do not take the time required to learn the true nature of the disease. Our materialistic psychology prevents us from seeing the big picture. We remain entranced with our individual problems and can not see beyond the immediate issue to the much wider picture of how we exist in a state of interbeing with all our sisters and brothers and all our fellow sentient beings.
Big picture consciousness involves weaning ourselves from our petty concerns with personal development, personal enlightenment and addressing societal healing as a collective endeavor.. We need to learn to adopt a vision of history, the story of our collective past that extends far beyond the "Reader's Digest" version of history we are taught in school. We need to learn about the history of oppression, the history of materialism, the history of the thought patterns and value structures which combined to form the power-over dynamic which permeates our present culture. We need to develop a critical eye, a sensitivity to how we came to be where we are and how we can recognize the themes and attitudes which we have carried with us as a society and how they influence us as a whole and as individuals.
A comprehensive look at history from the perspective of the common people is available in Howard Zinn's A People's History of the United States. This is not a history written by conquerors about conquest and the exercise of power over others. It is about our past, the past of the common people. It covers in detail the legacy of oppression which we carry as a society that has produced our current isolated culture and self absorption based society. It tells of the oppression, genocide and slavery which are the foundations of our heritage. It tells of the lives of the people who suffered under the yoke of tyranny for the sake of the profit and control motives which are the basis for our social and economic legacy.
The study of this sort of history enables us to develop a profound understanding of who we are and how we got to be in the position we find ourselves today. It also gives us a connection with our fellow beings and brings us the realization that we are not isolated individuals on a mission for personal salvation, but instead presents us with the vista of all of us together, as a community, engaged in the endeavor of building an alternative circle of societal healing.
It is through the big picture perspective, and the adoption of a long range, a thousand year view, what indigenous people of America call "the seven generations," that we can fully develop an understanding of our true nature. Our intrinsic, true nature reveals us as individuals and as a community of people actively walking together on the path of a fully awakened state of mind. In dynamic peace,
Kobutsu

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

HOPI Prophecies coming true as you read:

2009-06-19T01:06:32Z

Hopi Prophecies, fullfilled
http://www.time.com/time/health/article/0,8599,1905344,00.html?cnn=yes

Cnn.com right now. Watch that space shuttle live at 5:30pm EST

"And this is the Ninth and Last Sign: You will hear of a dwelling-place in the heavens, above the earth, that shall fall with a great crash. It will appear as a blue star. Very soon after this, the ceremonies of my people will cease.

Hopi Elders pass warnings and prophecies from one generation to generation through oral traditions and reference to ancient rock pictographs and tablets.

Hopi Blue Star or Blue Kachina Prophecy

- White Feather of the Bear Clan

An ancient Hopi Indian prophecy states, "When the Blue Star Kachina makes its appearance in the heavens, the Fifth World will emerge". This will be the Day of Purification. The Hopi name for the star Sirius is Blue Star Kachina. It will come when the Saquasohuh (Blue Star) Kachina dances in the plaza and removes his mask.

Hopi Prophecy speaks of twin Kachinas - white and blue. Twin - Merging of Self - Twin Pyramids - DNA - Twin Towers falling.

This is the First Sign: We were told of the coming of the white-skinned men, like Pahana, but not living like Pahana -- men who took the land that was not theirs and who struck their enemies with thunder. (Guns)

This is the Second Sign: Our lands will see the coming of spinning wheels filled with voices. (Covered wagons)

This is the Third Sign: A strange beast like a buffalo but with great long horns, will overrun the land in large numbers. (Longhorn cattle)

This is the Fourth Sign: The land will be crossed by snakes of iron. (Railroad tracks)

This is the Fifth Sign: The land shall be criss-crossed by a giant spider's web. (Power and telephone lines)

This is the Sixth Sign: The land shall be criss-crossed with rivers of stone that make pictures in the sun. (Concrete roads and their mirage-producing effects.)

This is the Seventh Sign: You will hear of the sea turning black, and many living things dying because of it. (Oil spills)

This is the Eighth Sign: You will see many youth, who wear their hair long like our people, come and join the tribal nations, to learn our ways and wisdom. (Hippies)

And this is the Ninth and Last Sign: You will hear of a dwelling-place in the heavens, above the earth, that shall fall with a great crash. It will appear as a blue star. Very soon after this, the ceremonies of the Hopi people will cease.

These are the Signs that great destruction is here: The world shall rock to and fro. The white man will battle people in other lands - those who possessed the first light of wisdom. There will be many columns of smoke and fire such as the white man has made in the deserts not far from here. Those who stay and live in the places of the Hopi shall be safe. Then there will be much to rebuild. And soon, very soon afterward, Pahana will return. He shall bring with him the dawn of the Fifth World. He shall plant the seeds of his wisdom in our hearts. Even now the seeds are being planted. These shall smooth the way to the Emergence into the Fifth World.

Prophecy Rock

We Are All Related By Dr. Allen Ross

There is a sandstone cliff, near second mesa on the Hopi Reservation in Arizona. On this cliff is etched a picture of the past, persent, and the future. This site is more commonly known as Hopi Prophecy Rock. The petroglyph depicts the Hopi as emerging from the underground to the surface of the earth. The actual place for this event is a religious site located in the Grand Canyon. The Sioux also say they emerged from underground at a place in the Black Hills known today as Wind Cave.

The story depicted on the prophecy rock continues on by showing how the leading clans of the Hopi migrated in the 4 directions, then turned left---forming a Swastika symbol. The clans that followed migrated in the 4 directions--then turned left---forming reverse Swastika symbol. After journeying in the 4 directions, they were to return to the center. When they reach the center it will be the end of the fourth age.

The Sioux, like the Hopi, traveled in the 4 directions after emerging from the underground. The Sioux also believe that man has evolved through 4 ages, calling them the Age of Fire, Age of Rock, Age of the Bow, and Age of the Pipe. The length of each age is unknown, but the prophecy is that during the time of each age, man would gradually become a "two-heart".

The Hopi Prophecy Rock clearly depicts three "two-heart" individuals. A two-hearted person is one who thinks with his head rather than his heart. This is in reference to the left-brain function of analytical thinking. A person who think with his heart usese the right-brain function of intuitive thinking. Currently modern man is out of balance because we live in a left brained dominated society. We place more emphasis on left-brain modes of thinking vs. right-brain modes of thought.

The Hopi Prophecy Rock shows a junction where the two-hearted people have a choice of choosing to start thinking with their hearts or continue to think with their heads only. If they chose the latter, it will lead to self-destruction; if they chose to think with their hearts they would gradually return to the natural way and their own survival.

On the Hopi Prophecy Rock are 3 circles which represent 3 world-shakings. The story is that people of the Earth would reach a time when they would lose the story of how "we are all related". The Creator would then cause 3 world-shakings to remind the people of our relatedness.

The first world-shaking would be recognized when a bug on ribbon is tossed into the air. This is interpretated as an airplane. The time when airplanes were first used in war was World War I. So World War I would be the first world-shaking.

The second world-shaking would be recognized when man used the Hopi migration symbol (swastika) in war. This was World War II, which is the second world-shaking. The great Oglala Sioux holy man, Nicholas Black Elk, had also foreseen the coming of World War I & II.

The third world-shaking would be recognized by a red cover or cloak.

Could this mean Communist China? Russia?

Sioux Elders tell us that Mother Earth is surrounded by negative energy which is given off by the human brain. One of the reasons for the Sioux Sun Dance is to give thanks to father sun for all he has provided us on Mother earth. By sending good thoughts to the sun, the Sioux could reduce the negative energy.

The Hopi Prophecy story also said that signs of the third-world shaking would be given when:

1. Trees will die. (Acid rain has taken a heavy toll on trees in some areas, but this could also refer to the demise of the rainforest).

2. Man will build a house in the sky. (Space station Mir, or the planned international space station to be built).

3. Cold places will become hot. Hot places will become cold. (Erractic weather patterns and global warming).

4. Lands will sink into the ocean and lands will rise out of the sea.

5. There will be an appearance of the Blue Star Kachina

The constellation of Orion's belt is the area of the sky known to the Sioux as the Heart of the White Buffalo constellation. The White Buffalo legend states that a sacred maiden brought a holy pipe to be used by the Sioux. When she departed she said she would return to help the people when they werer in trouble and turmoil. As she turned to leave she turned into a black buffalo, then a red buffalo, then a yellow buffalo, and finally into a white buffalo. Then she went back up into the clouds.

In August of 1994 a white buffalo was born in Wisconsin. Two more were born in May 1996 in South Dakota. One died but the other lived. Oglala Sioux holy man Dawson No Horse, stated that as we move into the next century, times would be very difficult. Sioux holy man, Black Elk, foresaw the Sacred Hoop of the world's nations coming together soon--- a reference to the thousand years of peace that is to follow the third-world shaking.

Another Hopi Prophecy

- Martin Gasheseoma

Hopi prophecy warns that nothing should be brought back from the Moon. If this were done, the Hopi warned, the balance of natural and universal laws and forces would be disturbed, resulting in earthquakes, severe changes in weather patterns, and social unrest. All these things are happening today, though of course not necessarily because of Moon rocks.

On August 7, 1970, a spectacular UFO sighting was witnessed by dozens of people and photographed by Chuck Roberts of the Prescott Courier. This occurred after a "UFO calling" by several Hopi Indians and was interpreted by some Hopis as being a partial fulfillment of a certain inscribed on Second Mesa, warning of the coming of Purification Day, when the true Hopi will be flown to other planets in "ships without wings."

The survivors of the Great Deluge thousands of years ago split up into four groups that moved in all four directions. Only one group completed their journey -- to the North Pole and back -- under the guidance of a brilliant "star" in which the Great Spirit Massau'u traveled. Upon landing, he drew a petroglyph on Second Mesa, showing a maiden riding in a wingless, dome-shaped craft. The petroglyph signified the coming Day of Purification when the true Hopi will fly to other planets in "ships without wings."

The Hopi also predicted that when the heart of the Hopi land trust is dug up, great disturbances will develop in the balance of nature, for the Hopi holy land is the microcosmic image of the entire planet; any violations of nature in the Four Corners region will be reflected and amplified all over the Earth.

Martin Gasheseoma said recently that Hopi "elders told us that when the plants blossom in the middle of winter, we would need to go to Santa Fe to warn everyone of suffering and destruction to come unless they change their ways. Last year, in the middle of winter the plants began to blossom."

How much suffering and destruction will accompany the time of the purification, and what will be its end result? Martin Gasheseoma foretells judgment in front of a big mirror and death to those who are evil and wicked, with only a handful of people surviving in every nation overseas who will then come to this continent, "which we call heaven."

"All the suffering going on in this country with the tornadoes, floods, and earthquakes is carried on the breath of Mother Earth because she is in pain," says Roberta Blackgoat, an elder of the Independent Dineh (Navajo) Nation at Big Mountain. She explains that the Four Corners area is particularly sacred because it literally holds Mother Earth's internal organs -- coal and uranium which the Bureau of Indian Affairs has allowed the Peabody Coal Mine to mine. "They are trying to take her precious guts out for money," says Blackgoat. "My grandfather told me that coal is like the liver, and uranium is both the heart and lungs of Mother Earth." Hopi and Navajo traditionalists are fighting the mining.

These life and death matters will be determined when Pahana returns, and theories abound as to Pahana's identity. Since Pahana has also been called the White Brother, and since he is to return from the east, Hopi of past centuries wondered whether he could have been a Spaniard or an Anglo and devised tests for determining the true Pahana, including knowledge of the greeting of brotherhood, similarities of religious beliefs, and possession of the missing piece of the stone tablet. Many were tested, including Catholics, Baptists, and Mormons, but none passed to the satisfaction of traditional Hopi.

Dan Evehema, Hopi Elder

The time will come when from the earth will arise a mystic fog which will dilute the minds and hearts of all people. Their guidelines of wisdom and knowledge will falter, the Great Laws of our Creator will dissolve in the minds of people. Children will be out of control and will no longer obey the leaders, immorality and the competitive war of greed will flourish.

When the end is near, we will see a halo of mist around the heavenly bodies. Four times it will appear around the sun as a warning that we must reform, telling us that people of all color must unite and arise for survival, and that we must uncover the causes of our dilemmas. Unless man-made weapons are used to strike first, peace will then come.

So the time will come when we will experience late springs and early frosts, this will be the sign of the returning Ice Age.

We believe militarism is born out of injustice, poverty and ignorance where absolute governments refuse to hear the grievances of minorities. So the people resort to violence, demonstrations and even terrorism when they see no other way to be heard. What can we do when our world leaders and the people are acting like fools in attempts to solve the problems confronting us? Once again we will quote the prophecy of our Elders. We hope it will interest you so that you will be more aware of it because it has been happening for some time.

According to prophecy, the day will come when people in high places will be hunted. This will get out of control. The hunting will gather strength and spread. This situation might even erupt on our land. Finally, this will lead us to the Biblical version of Armageddon (the Hopi version is closely related). A final decisive battle between good and evil. This will occur under one God or Chief. The prophets say we will speak one language and that this will happen in Hopiland, in the village of Oraibi , where the new life plan will be drawn, in the pattern and cycle of religion. Here also a final decision will be made for the wicked. They will be beheaded and speak no more. If this does not materialize there will be a total destruction through the acts of man or nature. Then new life will begin from a girl and a boy. This is a frightening prophecy and will not be supported by many.

It is in the prophecies of the Hopi that in a case like this the Navajo may help our cause. Also the Bahannas or the Paiute Tribe may help. We doubt that the U.S. Government will easily concede our sovereignty.

There are two water serpents, one at each pole with a warrior sitting on his head and tail. These command nature to warn us by her activities that time is getting short, and we must correct ourselves. If we refuse to heed these warnings, the warriors will let go of the serpents; they will rise up, and all will perish.

We are much concerned about the climate. No one seems to be able to predict the weather accurately from day to day. However, we know according to our time markers that it is past due for certain seeds to be planted at their proper time. In recent springs, we were reluctant to plant due to the late snow and cold weather. Once more maybe our ancient prophecy is right, that one day we will plant wearing finger sacks (gloves) clearing away snow with our feet before planting. The summers will become shorter for maturing the corn for harvest. The result is anybody's guess.

The question is, will this occur the world over? This would depend on the geographical areas. In the regions with different climates, things will happen in different ways. For instance, tropical land could become a land of ice, and the Arctic region could become tropical. This need not happen if we, the people, get our leaders to do something about the harmful things being done to the environment.

It is said that, if the future generations find out that we did nothing to preserve the good ways, they might throw us from our houses into the streets. This suffering will be of our own making. The lack of peace in our own spiritual being could trigger the revolution. Our True White Brother might come and find we have forsaken the sacred instructions. Then he will whip us without mercy.

Let us take a look into the future through the eyes of our prophets. Hopi were instructed to tell of the Great Purification just ahead of a time when Humankind would once again become highly civilized, tending to become careless and leading us to self-destruction. They said that, along the way, the industrialized world will have certain problems. People will be uncomfortable because of the changing times, and they will have to make adjustments to find new life styles.

Industrialized nations will become careless in getting more the resources out of the earth. Believing all these things will last forever, soon natural resources will be depleted. Fuel shortages will occur; industrial machinery will come to a standstill. The machinery used for planting, harvesting and transport will become useless. Supermarket shelves will become empty of farm produce. The farmers and those who grow their own food will not sell their produce. Money will become worthless. The white man with all his intelligence and technology will not be able to repair the damage. We will see extraordinary events in Nature and Earth, including humans.

Modern man looks upon old wisdom and knowledge as dead, useless and no longer respected. Modern man depends on the money system and no longer on Mother Earth for food. According to prophecy when this happens Mother Earth will hide her nourishment because of the view that ancient food is poor man's food. When all food disappears, modern man will try to correct his mistake, the conditions he caused upon the earth through his inventions. He will try to achieve some kind of method to heal the wound, but this will not be possible when we reach the point of no return.

The Hopi play a key role in the survival of the human race through their vital communion with the unseen forces that hold nature in balance. The pattern is simple: The whole world will shake and turn red and turn against those who are hindering the Hopi.

This prophecy is related to the Biblical version of that which may yet come to pass. It goes on to say that common people will become concerned and frustrated because of their hectic world. They will be particularly against the bloodthirsty policies and the deceitfulness of the world leaders. The common people the world over will band together to fight for world peace. They will realize that their leaders have failed. People in high places will be hunted down like animals, perhaps through terrorism. In turn leaders will retaliate and begin hunting each other. This condition will gather strength and spread far and wide. It will get out of control the world over. Revolution could erupt on our land.

The liberators will come in from the west with great force. They will drop down from the sky like rain. They will have no mercy. We must not get on the house tops to watch. They will shake us by our ears, like children who have been bad. This will be the final decisive battle between good and evil. This battle will cleanse the heart of people and restore our Mother Earth from illness, and the wicked will be gotten rid of.

If this fails to materialize, our Great Creator through nature will do the task according to their [sic] plans. It could be total destruction in any form. Only brother and sister will survive to begin a new way of life. This prophecy is frightening and doubtful. Perhaps it is of no value to most people.

Eventually a gourd full of ashes would be invented, which, if dropped from the sky, would boil the oceans and burn the land causing nothing to grow for many years. This would be the sign for a certain Hopi to bring out the teachings in order to warn the world that the third and final event would happen soon and could bring an end to all life unless people correct themselves and their leaders in time.

The final stage, called The Great Day of Purification, has been described as a Mystery Egg in which the forces of the Swastika and the Sun plus a third force symbolized by the color red culminate either in total rebirth or total annihilation; we don't know which. But the choice is yours; war and natural catastrophe may be involved. The degree of violence will be determined by the degree of inequity caused among the peoples of the world and in the balance of nature. In this crisis rich and poor will be forced to struggle as equals in order to survive.

The reality that it will be very violent is now almost taken for granted among Traditional Hopi, but man still may lessen the violence by correcting his treatment of nature and fellow man. Ancient, spiritually based communities, such as the Hopi, must especially be preserved and not forced to abandon their wise way of life and the natural resources they have vowed to protect.

The man-made system now destroying the Hopi is deeply involved in similar violations throughout the world. The devastating reversal predicted in the prophecies is part of the natural order. If those who thrive from that system, its money and its laws, can manage to stop destroying the Hopi then many may be able to survive the Day of Purification and enter a new age of peace. But if no one is left to continue the Hopi way, the hope for such an age is in vain.

Since mankind has lost peace with one another through conflict due to the new ways, the Great Spirit, the Great Creator, has punished the people in many ways. Through all of this there was always a small group who survived to keep the original ways of life alive. This small group is comprised of those who adhere to the laws of the Creator, who keep the spiritual path open, out from the circle of evil. According to our knowledge we are not quite out of the circle.

Now we enter the time of testing that only the Great Creator can confirm. The alignment of the planets, we were so kindly informed of by the star watchers has been awaited by the Hopi. As the time nears, the predicted behavior of the people accurately describes the behavior of people in the 1990's. When the end is near, we will see a halo of mist around the heavenly bodies. Four times it will appear around the sun as a warning that we MUST reform.

Ambitious minds will decrease, while the people of good hearts, who live in harmony with the earth, will increase until the earth is rid of evil. If the Hopi are right, this will be accomplished and the earth will bloom again. The spiritual door is open. Why not join the righteous people? The Horny Toad Woman gave Massau'u a promise that she would help him in time of need, saying she too had a metal helmet. After the Hopi have fulfilled their pattern of life, Massau'u will be the leader, but not before, for He is the First and He shall be the Last.

ROBERT GHOST WOLF

Hopi Theory Of Creation

August 1997

Robert has been called a holistic healer, teacher, ceremonial leader, prophet and Shaman. He is an internationally recognized author, speaker and artist. Ghost Wolf is a Metis, part Iroquois and Lakota. He has worked with the Apache, Lakota, Osage, Hopi and Ojibwa elders for many years.

Robert says that ETs are contacting us now. Almost all Native American cultures have ancient prophecies telling of interactions with "Star Brothers" and their coming which they have recorded on petroglyphs.

The Hopi Indians are the Record Keepers of the Native Americans. The Hopis call this the "The Fourth Age of Man". According to them the earth has been wipped clean 3 times already. First by Fire, next by Ice, most recently by the flood... approximately 11,000-12,000 years ago. Some believe that the actual date of the flood occured on June 5, 8498 BC. According to the Hopis we are about to enter "The Fifth Age", which they call "The World of Illumination", which seems to coincide with the dawning of the Age of Aquarius.

The Hopis say that there will two more worlds after this. "The Sixth Age" which is "The World of Prophecy and Revelation" and "The Seventh Age" is "The World of Completion".

The Native Americans have been not only the forefathers of we Americans who came to this country a few hundred years ago but they have been the Keepers of the Earth for a long period of time. What they believe is very sacred to us. This knowledge is re-emerging at this time in the Earth's history.

The Hopi believe that they descended from the Pleiades and that even before that they came from Lyra which is the Ring Nebula that the Pleiadians have spoken to Bill Meier about. They call Lyra the "Eye of God".

Robert mentions volcanoes going off in the Pacific Rim. This warms up the water making fish change their migration patterns. For example salmon from Alaska are not as plentiful as before. The El Nino' is also swelling to record proportions. He says this means Hopi legends are being fulfilled and we are at the end of the Dream.

Asked what we can do about this, he said we need to return to the Earth and one way to do that is to restore our bodies to health by eating natural grains such as wheat, rice, millet, and corn. He travels around the world doing the Ghost Dance which is to raise the consciousness of people. He said we have got to stop fighting each other. He said people are not the enemy, the Corporation is the enemy because they are being greedy and taking profits now without regard to the future impact on our environment.

The 3 days of darkness of Hopi Prophecy will be 1998/1999. [This did not occur, but the concpet of three days of darkness may yet occur in aother timeline as it appears in other religions.

Phoenix Bird would raise its wings and fly. Fire that burned it was the consumption of human desires. We are still not in balance.

Hopi Clan Rocks were given out to all four races a long time ago.

They are stored by race in the following locations:
White - Switzerland
Black - Kilimajaro Mountains in Africa
Yellow - Tibet
Red - Hopi land

A white man will come and restore the Fire Clay tablet.

The Hopi Rock has a + sign and a - (minus) sign on it with a circle.

They represent positive, negative and neutral forces in a magnetic field.

Where they cross is a vortex into the next dimension.

Greatest thing we have for healing is the human spirit.

We are children of the Sun.

Prophecies which should have happened 10 years ago have been put off.

We have been given a window of opportunity.

Spiritual Love is the answer. True knowledge is beyond words.

Comets are a sign of prophecy.

Hale-Bopp was the twin Kachina, white and blue. [No! It is Sirius}

The next one will be red. It is the Purifier. It will stop and observe us.

If we are not purified enough it will finish the job for us.

If there is an Armegeddon it is within each of us.

We have 12 strands of DNA in our blood.

Scientists don't know what they are for since they are not being used.

But we can activate them ourselves.

One way is through drumming and ceremony.

End time should be seen as the Beginning time.

We are creating at this moment what our Tomorrow will be.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

almost homeless

2009-06-18T03:05:31Z

Any skin got somewhere for me to stay..I am thinking positive that my unemployment WILL come through and the man who hired me will pay me.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

Cheyenne Nation Tribal Report - Sweet Medicine - Cheyenne Prophet

2009-05-24T18:59:17Z

Cheyenne Nation Tribal Report - Sweet Medicine - Cheyenne Prophet

http://www.cheyennenation.com/tribalreport/October/The%20People%20Page%208.htm

THE PEOPLE

A Message From Our Elders: White Bull Tells of Sweet Medicine

A Message From Our Elders: White Bull (Ice) Talks to George Bird Grinnell in 1908 About the Warnings of Sweet Medicine

The Sweet Medicine oral tradition is still alive and spoken only during certain occasions and only after prayers are offered. However, there are numerous written accounts of Sweet Medicine’s warnings. We have found one of the oldest written accounts of the prophet’s warnings as told by Ice.

One man who sat in the circle in the lodge spoke to Sweet Medicine, who for a long time had been sitting in silence with his head hanging down, as if discouraged. He said, “Friend, what is your trouble? Why are you sorrowful?” Sweet Medicine answered, “Yes, it is true I am troubled. Listen to me carefully. Listen to me carefully.” He said this four times. “Our great-grandfather spoke thus to me, repeating it four times. He said to me that he had put people on this earth, all kinds of people. He made us, but also made others. There are all kinds of people on earth that you will meet some day, toward the sunrise, by a big river. Some are black, but some day you will meet a people who are white, --good-looking people, with light hair and white skins.” A man spoke up, and said, “Shall we know them when we meet them?”

“Yes,” said Sweet Medicine, “you will know them, for they will have long hair on their faces, and will look differently from you. They will wear things different from your things, --different clothing. It will be something like the green scum that grows on waters about springs (the thread of cloth). Those people will wander this way. You will talk with them. They will give you things like isinglass (things that flash or reflect the light, mirrors) and something that looks like sand that will taste very sweet. But do not take the things they give you. They will be looking for a certain stone. They will wear what I have spoken of, but it will be of all colors, pretty. Perhaps they will not listen to what you say to them, but you will listen to what they say to you. They will be people who do not get tired, but who will keep pushing forward, going, going, all the time. They will keep coming, coming. They will try always to give you things, but do not take them. At last I think that you will take the things that they offer you, and this will bring sickness to you. These people do not follow the way of our great-grandfather. They follow another way. They will travel everywhere, looking for this stone which our great-grandfather put on the earth in many places.”

“Buffalo and all animals were given you by our great-grandfather; but these people will come in, and will begin to kill off these animals. They will us a different thing to kill animals from what we use, --something that makes a noise and sends a little round stone to kill. Then after a while a different animal will come into the country. It will have a head like a buffalo, but it will have white horns and a long tail. These animals will smell differently from the buffalo, and at last you will come to eating them. When you skin them, the flesh will jerk, and at last you will get the same disease. At last something will be given to you, which, if you drink it, will make you crazy. These people will have something to give to animals to eat which will kill them.”

“There will be many of these people, so many that you cannot stand before them. On the rivers you will see things going up and down, and in these things will be these people, and there will be things moving over dry land in which these people will be.”

“Another animal will come, but it will not be like the buffalo. It will have long heavy hair on its neck, and a long heavy tail which drags on the ground. It will come from the south.”

“When these animals come, you will catch them, and you will get on their backs and they will carry you from place to place. You will become great travelers. If you see a place a long way off, you will want to go to it, so at last you will get on these animals with my arrows. From that time you will act very foolishly. You will never be quite. You will want to go everywhere. You will be very foolish. You will know nothing.”

He took some grass in his hand, and held it out before him, and said, “Here is something that the animals live on.” Then he put it down and he took other plants in his hand, and said, “You see that these are different-looking grasses and plants. These are to be used for your medicine”; and as he put each one down on the ground, he explained the uses of each.

“These people will not listen to what you say; what they are going to do they will do. You people will change: in the end of your life in those days you will not get up early in the morning; you will never know when day comes; you will lie in bed; you will have disease, and will die suddenly; you will all die off.”

“At last those people will ask you for your flesh (he repeated this four times), but you must say ‘No.’ They will try to teach you their way of living. If you give up to them your flesh (your children), those that they take away will never know anything. They will try to change you from your way of living to theirs, and they will keep at what they try to do. They will work with their hands. They will tear up the earth, and at last you will do it with them. When you do, you will become crazy, and forget all that I am teaching you.”

George Bird Grinnell, “Some Early Cheyenne Tales. II,” Journal of American Folk-Lore, Vol. XXI, NO. 80 (1908), pages 319-320.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

John Trimbach said the Wounded Knee group wants equal time from PBS

2009-05-23T02:30:33Z

John Trimbach said the Wounded Knee group wants equal time from PBS to "dispel the myths and correct the damage done to the historical record" by the film.

A group calling itself The Wounded Knee Victims and Veterans Association has accused PBS of presenting a slanted version of events during the American Indian Movement's takeover of Wounded Knee village in 1973.

The 71-day occupation was the subject of "Wounded Knee," the last installment in national public broadcasting's "American Experience -- We Shall Remain" film series. "Wounded Knee" aired Monday and Tuesday.
Ads by Yahoo!

Group members say the film, directed by Stanley Nelson, uses distortions, half-truths and false statements to glorify AIM without telling the other side of the story.

"This film attempts to explain away the destruction of the village by invoking historical issues (broken treaties, Indian boarding schools, government-sponsored relocation, etc.) and by rationalizing the criminality of the perpetrators," reads a letter the group sent to PBS president and CEO Paula Kerger. "One of the film's worst transgressions is its contemptible disregard for the real victims of Wounded Knee, the villagers who lived there."

A group spokesman provided a copy of Kerger's e-mail response to the letter, in which she says, "Please know that we take allegations of the nature described in your letters very seriously."

Kerger said the allegations were shared with the "producing station" for "Wounded Knee" and the "We Shall Remain" series for review. She said she would provide a more complete response after reviewing the producers' findings.

The letter from the Wounded Knee Victims and Veterans Association is signed by JoAnn Gildersleeve Feraca, daughter of the owners of the Wounded Knee Trading Post, which was destroyed during the occupation; Romona and Saunie Wilson, daughters of the late Oglala Sioux Tribal Chairman Richard "Dick" Wilson; Richard Two Elk, a Wounded Knee veteran and former AIM member; Joseph H. Trimbach, a retired FBI special agent in charge; Patrick LeBeau, an Indian Studies professor at Michigan State University; Paul DeMain, editor of News from Indian Country; Shawn White Wolf, CEO of White Wolf Media Group; and John M. Trimbach, who co-authored the book "American Indian Mafia" with his father, Joseph Trimbach.

All but the Trimbachs are Native American.

The film includes archival footage from the takeover along with present-day interviews with AIM leaders Dennis Banks, Russell Means, Carter Camp and others.

John Trimbach said the Wounded Knee group wants equal time from PBS to "dispel the myths and correct the damage done to the historical record" by the film.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

Take action for indigenous Rights and sacred sites!

2009-04-30T03:06:08Z

WEDNESDAY, MAY 6, 2009 at 3 P.M. SAN FRANCISCO!!!

Take Action for Indigenous Rights and Sacred Sites!
No Toxic Waste Dump or Border Wall on O’odham Lands near the village and sacred site at Quitovac, Sonora, Mexico!
Assemble at the Mexican Consulate,
532 Folsom Street, between 1st and 2nd Streets, San Francisco.

Followed by a March to US EPA office.

The Mexican government and a company called CEGIR/Centro de Gestion Integral de Residuos S.A. want to build a toxic dump in O’odham territory in Sonora, Mexico, near the sacred site and village of Quitovac. The dump would dispose of industrial hazardous wastes. The permit process has been conducted with no involvement of the Indigenous O odham communities in decision-making processes. The proposed dump would desecrate the sacred ceremony site at Quitovac, and devastate the culture, traditions, sacred sites and spiritual well-being of the O’odham Indigenous peoples in both Mexico and the U.S.. The dump would also expose children and nearby communities to dangerous toxins released in the land, air, and water, and could contaminate water the communities depend on. The Tohono O’odham tribal government in Arizona has passed a resolution denouncing the dump project due to its impact on the sacred ceremonial grounds at Quitovac and on O’odham people, their culture and environment. The United States Environmental Protection Agency has failed to uphold its responsibility to protect the O’odham people who are U.S. citizens who visit Quitovac for ceremonies and family vis its. We call on the US EPA to strongly urge the Mexican government to reject the dump due to its impacts on O’odham who are US citizens.
“To the O'odham, Quitovac is the place that defines who we are as people of the desert. We are related to the earth from which we are made. Our Him'dag, our way of life, is based upon this principle. Quitovac holds the traditional knowledge that the O'odham tap into during ceremony, and when we sing our songs and vocalize the old sacred words, we communicate with the grounds when we dance the way the Creator and our helper Brother I'itoi taught us. When we talk about the land we mean the total environment, the plants and animals, the waters, ponds and seas and underground rivers, the mountains, the sky and all humanity. We cannot allow a toxic dump here.” Ofelia Rivas, O’odham Rights Cultural and Environmental Justice Coalition

CALL AND EMAIL THE MEXICAN & US GOVERNMENTS TODAY!
TELL THEM TO OBEY THEIR OWN LAWS &STOP THE TOXIC DUMP PROPOSED NEAR QUITOVAC
Alfonso Flores, Mexican Secretary of the Environment Tel: +52 5556 243342
E-mail: alfonso.flores@semarnat..gob.mx & nbsp; Lisa Jackson, US EPA Administrator jackson.lisa@epa.gov (202) 564-4700

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

Mac Arthur Park in Los Angeles on Friday May 1st

2009-04-30T02:59:13Z

Hello!
I hope some of you will be able to join us at Mac Arthur Park in Los Angeles on Friday May 1st, to celebrate May Day and stand in solidarity with our relatives that stood up after having survived severe, unexplainable, and inexcusable police brutality that occurred there in 2007-

Please take a moment to watch the youtube videos and If you are unable to join us in person, then please be there in spirit!

Bests,
AIM SB

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wFCPhEGuI-I

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ivn8PrZlAXo

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vYOi42dYazM

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P1kEu6eRklo

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a_nHFVKD9rs

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Eeus9IO1C-w

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QYVWAqSRBUU

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gJvIqnw5_1s

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

National Musium of the American Indian

2009-04-30T00:47:53Z

www.nmai.si.edu/subpage.cfm

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

info for all..if anyone is here..is anyone here?

2009-04-22T22:06:20Z

Subject: Education Seminar

Greetings Relations!

I have been asked by the University I work (the College of Business) for (Johnson & Wales University in North Miami) to invite Nation/Tribal education leaders and/or coordinators to an Educational Informational event during the summer 2009. I do not have the dates yet (for the seminar) until I get interest from the People. So far, I have been told that the University will cover all expenses and what the event is about is to tell Nation/Tribal education leaders what we have to offer potential Native students. Can you contact your education leaders and let them know? Have them contact me so I can make the arrangements through JWU.
Pass this on to anyone interested.

Regards,
Enid

Dr. Enid Conley, Ph.D., Ed.S.

Remain close to the Great Spirit.
Show great respect for your fellow beings.
Give assistance and kindness wherever needed.
Be truthful and honest at all times.
Do what you know to be right.
Look after the well being of the body and mind.
Treat the earth and all that dwell there on with respect.
Take full responsibility for your actions.
Dedicate a share of your efforts for the greater good.
Work together for the benefit of All.
- American Indian Spirituality

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

dispelling Myths

2009-04-16T05:41:13Z

Native American indians are not allergic to alcohol and 80% of all Natives are not alcoholic..I was shocked to hear this from a friend that heard this some 10-20 years ago and hasn't kept up with the science and medicine which disproved this theory..still the white man cares to remeber the worst eh?

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 2 replies

Hopi Prophecies

2009-04-06T01:46:41Z

If you haven't read some of the old post going back to 2004 please have a look sometime:
Hopi Prophecy

Hopi Elders pass warnings and prophecies from one generation to generation through oral traditions and reference to ancient rock pictographs and tablets.

Hopi Blue Star or Blue Kachina Prophecy

- White Feather of the Bear Clan

An ancient Hopi Indian prophecy states, "When the Blue Star Kachina makes its appearance in the heavens, the Fifth World will emerge". This will be the Day of Purification. The Hopi name for the star Sirius is Blue Star Kachina. It will come when the Saquasohuh (Blue Star) Kachina dances in the plaza and removes his mask.

Hopi Prophecy speaks of twin Kachinas - white and blue. Twin - Merging of Self - Twin Pyramids - DNA - Twin Towers falling.

This is the First Sign: We were told of the coming of the white-skinned men, like Pahana, but not living like Pahana -- men who took the land that was not theirs and who struck their enemies with thunder. (Guns)

This is the Second Sign: Our lands will see the coming of spinning wheels filled with voices. (Covered wagons)

This is the Third Sign: A strange beast like a buffalo but with great long horns, will overrun the land in large numbers. (Longhorn cattle)

This is the Fourth Sign: The land will be crossed by snakes of iron. (Railroad tracks)

This is the Fifth Sign: The land shall be criss-crossed by a giant spider's web. (Power and telephone lines)

This is the Sixth Sign: The land shall be criss-crossed with rivers of stone that make pictures in the sun. (Concrete roads and their mirage-producing effects.)

This is the Seventh Sign: You will hear of the sea turning black, and many living things dying because of it. (Oil spills)

This is the Eighth Sign: You will see many youth, who wear their hair long like our people, come and join the tribal nations, to learn our ways and wisdom. (Hippies)

And this is the Ninth and Last Sign: You will hear of a dwelling-place in the heavens, above the earth, that shall fall with a great crash. It will appear as a blue star. Very soon after this, the ceremonies of the Hopi people will cease.

These are the Signs that great destruction is here: The world shall rock to and fro. The white man will battle people in other lands - those who possessed the first light of wisdom. There will be many columns of smoke and fire such as the white man has made in the deserts not far from here. Those who stay and live in the places of the Hopi shall be safe. Then there will be much to rebuild. And soon, very soon afterward, Pahana will return. He shall bring with him the dawn of the Fifth World. He shall plant the seeds of his wisdom in our hearts. Even now the seeds are being planted. These shall smooth the way to the Emergence into the Fifth World.

Prophecy Rock

We Are All Related By Dr. Allen Ross

There is a sandstone cliff, near second mesa on the Hopi Reservation in Arizona. On this cliff is etched a picture of the past, persent, and the future. This site is more commonly known as Hopi Prophecy Rock. The petroglyph depicts the Hopi as emerging from the underground to the surface of the earth. The actual place for this event is a religious site located in the Grand Canyon. The Sioux also say they emerged from underground at a place in the Black Hills known today as Wind Cave.

The story depicted on the prophecy rock continues on by showing how the leading clans of the Hopi migrated in the 4 directions, then turned left---forming a Swastika symbol. The clans that followed migrated in the 4 directions--then turned left---forming reverse Swastika symbol. After journeying in the 4 directions, they were to return to the center. When they reach the center it will be the end of the fourth age.

The Sioux, like the Hopi, traveled in the 4 directions after emerging from the underground. The Sioux also believe that man has evolved through 4 ages, calling them the Age of Fire, Age of Rock, Age of the Bow, and Age of the Pipe. The length of each age is unknown, but the prophecy is that during the time of each age, man would gradually become a "two-heart".

The Hopi Prophecy Rock clearly depicts three "two-heart" individuals. A two-hearted person is one who thinks with his head rather than his heart. This is in reference to the left-brain function of analytical thinking. A person who think with his heart usese the right-brain function of intuitive thinking. Currently modern man is out of balance because we live in a left brained dominated society. We place more emphasis on left-brain modes of thinking vs. right-brain modes of thought.

The Hopi Prophecy Rock shows a junction where the two-hearted people have a choice of choosing to start thinking with their hearts or continue to think with their heads only. If they chose the latter, it will lead to self-destruction; if they chose to think with their hearts they would gradually return to the natural way and their own survival.

On the Hopi Prophecy Rock are 3 circles which represent 3 world-shakings. The story is that people of the Earth would reach a time when they would lose the story of how "we are all related". The Creator would then cause 3 world-shakings to remind the people of our relatedness.

The first world-shaking would be recognized when a bug on ribbon is tossed into the air. This is interpretated as an airplane. The time when airplanes were first used in war was World War I. So World War I would be the first world-shaking.

The second world-shaking would be recognized when man used the Hopi migration symbol (swastika) in war. This was World War II, which is the second world-shaking. The great Oglala Sioux holy man, Nicholas Black Elk, had also foreseen the coming of World War I & II.

The third world-shaking would be recognized by a red cover or cloak.

Could this mean Communist China? Russia?

Sioux Elders tell us that Mother Earth is surrounded by negative energy which is given off by the human brain. One of the reasons for the Sioux Sun Dance is to give thanks to father sun for all he has provided us on Mother earth. By sending good thoughts to the sun, the Sioux could reduce the negative energy.

The Hopi Prophecy story also said that signs of the third-world shaking would be given when:

1. Trees will die. (Acid rain has taken a heavy toll on trees in some areas, but this could also refer to the demise of the rainforest).

2. Man will build a house in the sky. (Space station Mir, or the planned international space station to be built).

3. Cold places will become hot. Hot places will become cold. (Erractic weather patterns and global warming).

4. Lands will sink into the ocean and lands will rise out of the sea.

5. There will be an appearance of the Blue Star Kachina

The constellation of Orion's belt is the area of the sky known to the Sioux as the Heart of the White Buffalo constellation. The White Buffalo legend states that a sacred maiden brought a holy pipe to be used by the Sioux. When she departed she said she would return to help the people when they werer in trouble and turmoil. As she turned to leave she turned into a black buffalo, then a red buffalo, then a yellow buffalo, and finally into a white buffalo. Then she went back up into the clouds.

In August of 1994 a white buffalo was born in Wisconsin. Two more were born in May 1996 in South Dakota. One died but the other lived. Oglala Sioux holy man Dawson No Horse, stated that as we move into the next century, times would be very difficult. Sioux holy man, Black Elk, foresaw the Sacred Hoop of the world's nations coming together soon--- a reference to the thousand years of peace that is to follow the third-world shaking.

Another Hopi Prophecy

- Martin Gasheseoma

Hopi prophecy warns that nothing should be brought back from the Moon. If this were done, the Hopi warned, the balance of natural and universal laws and forces would be disturbed, resulting in earthquakes, severe changes in weather patterns, and social unrest. All these things are happening today, though of course not necessarily because of Moon rocks.

On August 7, 1970, a spectacular UFO sighting was witnessed by dozens of people and photographed by Chuck Roberts of the Prescott Courier. This occurred after a "UFO calling" by several Hopi Indians and was interpreted by some Hopis as being a partial fulfillment of a certain inscribed on Second Mesa, warning of the coming of Purification Day, when the true Hopi will be flown to other planets in "ships without wings."

The survivors of the Great Deluge thousands of years ago split up into four groups that moved in all four directions. Only one group completed their journey -- to the North Pole and back -- under the guidance of a brilliant "star" in which the Great Spirit Massau'u traveled. Upon landing, he drew a petroglyph on Second Mesa, showing a maiden riding in a wingless, dome-shaped craft. The petroglyph signified the coming Day of Purification when the true Hopi will fly to other planets in "ships without wings."

The Hopi also predicted that when the heart of the Hopi land trust is dug up, great disturbances will develop in the balance of nature, for the Hopi holy land is the microcosmic image of the entire planet; any violations of nature in the Four Corners region will be reflected and amplified all over the Earth.

Martin Gasheseoma said recently that Hopi "elders told us that when the plants blossom in the middle of winter, we would need to go to Santa Fe to warn everyone of suffering and destruction to come unless they change their ways. Last year, in the middle of winter the plants began to blossom."

How much suffering and destruction will accompany the time of the purification, and what will be its end result? Martin Gasheseoma foretells judgment in front of a big mirror and death to those who are evil and wicked, with only a handful of people surviving in every nation overseas who will then come to this continent, "which we call heaven."

"All the suffering going on in this country with the tornadoes, floods, and earthquakes is carried on the breath of Mother Earth because she is in pain," says Roberta Blackgoat, an elder of the Independent Dineh (Navajo) Nation at Big Mountain. She explains that the Four Corners area is particularly sacred because it literally holds Mother Earth's internal organs -- coal and uranium which the Bureau of Indian Affairs has allowed the Peabody Coal Mine to mine. "They are trying to take her precious guts out for money," says Blackgoat. "My grandfather told me that coal is like the liver, and uranium is both the heart and lungs of Mother Earth." Hopi and Navajo traditionalists are fighting the mining.

These life and death matters will be determined when Pahana returns, and theories abound as to Pahana's identity. Since Pahana has also been called the White Brother, and since he is to return from the east, Hopi of past centuries wondered whether he could have been a Spaniard or an Anglo and devised tests for determining the true Pahana, including knowledge of the greeting of brotherhood, similarities of religious beliefs, and possession of the missing piece of the stone tablet. Many were tested, including Catholics, Baptists, and Mormons, but none passed to the satisfaction of traditional Hopi.

Dan Evehema, Hopi Elder

The time will come when from the earth will arise a mystic fog which will dilute the minds and hearts of all people. Their guidelines of wisdom and knowledge will falter, the Great Laws of our Creator will dissolve in the minds of people. Children will be out of control and will no longer obey the leaders, immorality and the competitive war of greed will flourish.

When the end is near, we will see a halo of mist around the heavenly bodies. Four times it will appear around the sun as a warning that we must reform, telling us that people of all color must unite and arise for survival, and that we must uncover the causes of our dilemmas. Unless man-made weapons are used to strike first, peace will then come.

So the time will come when we will experience late springs and early frosts, this will be the sign of the returning Ice Age.

We believe militarism is born out of injustice, poverty and ignorance where absolute governments refuse to hear the grievances of minorities. So the people resort to violence, demonstrations and even terrorism when they see no other way to be heard. What can we do when our world leaders and the people are acting like fools in attempts to solve the problems confronting us? Once again we will quote the prophecy of our Elders. We hope it will interest you so that you will be more aware of it because it has been happening for some time.

According to prophecy, the day will come when people in high places will be hunted. This will get out of control. The hunting will gather strength and spread. This situation might even erupt on our land. Finally, this will lead us to the Biblical version of Armageddon (the Hopi version is closely related). A final decisive battle between good and evil. This will occur under one God or Chief. The prophets say we will speak one language and that this will happen in Hopiland, in the village of Oraibi , where the new life plan will be drawn, in the pattern and cycle of religion. Here also a final decision will be made for the wicked. They will be beheaded and speak no more. If this does not materialize there will be a total destruction through the acts of man or nature. Then new life will begin from a girl and a boy. This is a frightening prophecy and will not be supported by many.

It is in the prophecies of the Hopi that in a case like this the Navajo may help our cause. Also the Bahannas or the Paiute Tribe may help. We doubt that the U.S. Government will easily concede our sovereignty.

There are two water serpents, one at each pole with a warrior sitting on his head and tail. These command nature to warn us by her activities that time is getting short, and we must correct ourselves. If we refuse to heed these warnings, the warriors will let go of the serpents; they will rise up, and all will perish.

We are much concerned about the climate. No one seems to be able to predict the weather accurately from day to day. However, we know according to our time markers that it is past due for certain seeds to be planted at their proper time. In recent springs, we were reluctant to plant due to the late snow and cold weather. Once more maybe our ancient prophecy is right, that one day we will plant wearing finger sacks (gloves) clearing away snow with our feet before planting. The summers will become shorter for maturing the corn for harvest. The result is anybody's guess.

The question is, will this occur the world over? This would depend on the geographical areas. In the regions with different climates, things will happen in different ways. For instance, tropical land could become a land of ice, and the Arctic region could become tropical. This need not happen if we, the people, get our leaders to do something about the harmful things being done to the environment.

It is said that, if the future generations find out that we did nothing to preserve the good ways, they might throw us from our houses into the streets. This suffering will be of our own making. The lack of peace in our own spiritual being could trigger the revolution. Our True White Brother might come and find we have forsaken the sacred instructions. Then he will whip us without mercy.

Let us take a look into the future through the eyes of our prophets. Hopi were instructed to tell of the Great Purification just ahead of a time when Humankind would once again become highly civilized, tending to become careless and leading us to self-destruction. They said that, along the way, the industrialized world will have certain problems. People will be uncomfortable because of the changing times, and they will have to make adjustments to find new life styles.

Industrialized nations will become careless in getting more the resources out of the earth. Believing all these things will last forever, soon natural resources will be depleted. Fuel shortages will occur; industrial machinery will come to a standstill. The machinery used for planting, harvesting and transport will become useless. Supermarket shelves will become empty of farm produce. The farmers and those who grow their own food will not sell their produce. Money will become worthless. The white man with all his intelligence and technology will not be able to repair the damage. We will see extraordinary events in Nature and Earth, including humans.

Modern man looks upon old wisdom and knowledge as dead, useless and no longer respected. Modern man depends on the money system and no longer on Mother Earth for food. According to prophecy when this happens Mother Earth will hide her nourishment because of the view that ancient food is poor man's food. When all food disappears, modern man will try to correct his mistake, the conditions he caused upon the earth through his inventions. He will try to achieve some kind of method to heal the wound, but this will not be possible when we reach the point of no return.

The Hopi play a key role in the survival of the human race through their vital communion with the unseen forces that hold nature in balance. The pattern is simple: The whole world will shake and turn red and turn against those who are hindering the Hopi.

This prophecy is related to the Biblical version of that which may yet come to pass. It goes on to say that common people will become concerned and frustrated because of their hectic world. They will be particularly against the bloodthirsty policies and the deceitfulness of the world leaders. The common people the world over will band together to fight for world peace. They will realize that their leaders have failed. People in high places will be hunted down like animals, perhaps through terrorism. In turn leaders will retaliate and begin hunting each other. This condition will gather strength and spread far and wide. It will get out of control the world over. Revolution could erupt on our land.

The liberators will come in from the west with great force. They will drop down from the sky like rain. They will have no mercy. We must not get on the house tops to watch. They will shake us by our ears, like children who have been bad. This will be the final decisive battle between good and evil. This battle will cleanse the heart of people and restore our Mother Earth from illness, and the wicked will be gotten rid of.

If this fails to materialize, our Great Creator through nature will do the task according to their [sic] plans. It could be total destruction in any form. Only brother and sister will survive to begin a new way of life. This prophecy is frightening and doubtful. Perhaps it is of no value to most people.

Eventually a gourd full of ashes would be invented, which, if dropped from the sky, would boil the oceans and burn the land causing nothing to grow for many years. This would be the sign for a certain Hopi to bring out the teachings in order to warn the world that the third and final event would happen soon and could bring an end to all life unless people correct themselves and their leaders in time.

The final stage, called The Great Day of Purification, has been described as a Mystery Egg in which the forces of the Swastika and the Sun plus a third force symbolized by the color red culminate either in total rebirth or total annihilation; we don't know which. But the choice is yours; war and natural catastrophe may be involved. The degree of violence will be determined by the degree of inequity caused among the peoples of the world and in the balance of nature. In this crisis rich and poor will be forced to struggle as equals in order to survive.

The reality that it will be very violent is now almost taken for granted among Traditional Hopi, but man still may lessen the violence by correcting his treatment of nature and fellow man. Ancient, spiritually based communities, such as the Hopi, must especially be preserved and not forced to abandon their wise way of life and the natural resources they have vowed to protect.

The man-made system now destroying the Hopi is deeply involved in similar violations throughout the world. The devastating reversal predicted in the prophecies is part of the natural order. If those who thrive from that system, its money and its laws, can manage to stop destroying the Hopi then many may be able to survive the Day of Purification and enter a new age of peace. But if no one is left to continue the Hopi way, the hope for such an age is in vain.

Since mankind has lost peace with one another through conflict due to the new ways, the Great Spirit, the Great Creator, has punished the people in many ways. Through all of this there was always a small group who survived to keep the original ways of life alive. This small group is comprised of those who adhere to the laws of the Creator, who keep the spiritual path open, out from the circle of evil. According to our knowledge we are not quite out of the circle.

Now we enter the time of testing that only the Great Creator can confirm. The alignment of the planets, we were so kindly informed of by the star watchers has been awaited by the Hopi. As the time nears, the predicted behavior of the people accurately describes the behavior of people in the 1990's. When the end is near, we will see a halo of mist around the heavenly bodies. Four times it will appear around the sun as a warning that we MUST reform.

Ambitious minds will decrease, while the people of good hearts, who live in harmony with the earth, will increase until the earth is rid of evil. If the Hopi are right, this will be accomplished and the earth will bloom again. The spiritual door is open. Why not join the righteous people? The Horny Toad Woman gave Massau'u a promise that she would help him in time of need, saying she too had a metal helmet. After the Hopi have fulfilled their pattern of life, Massau'u will be the leader, but not before, for He is the First and He shall be the Last.

ROBERT GHOST WOLF

Hopi Theory Of Creation

August 1997

Robert has been called a holistic healer, teacher, ceremonial leader, prophet and Shaman. He is an internationally recognized author, speaker and artist. Ghost Wolf is a Metis, part Iroquois and Lakota. He has worked with the Apache, Lakota, Osage, Hopi and Ojibwa elders for many years.

Robert says that ETs are contacting us now. Almost all Native American cultures have ancient prophecies telling of interactions with "Star Brothers" and their coming which they have recorded on petroglyphs.

The Hopi Indians are the Record Keepers of the Native Americans. The Hopis call this the "The Fourth Age of Man". According to them the earth has been wipped clean 3 times already. First by Fire, next by Ice, most recently by the flood... approximately 11,000-12,000 years ago. Some believe that the actual date of the flood occured on June 5, 8498 BC. According to the Hopis we are about to enter "The Fifth Age", which they call "The World of Illumination", which seems to coincide with the dawning of the Age of Aquarius.

The Hopis say that there will two more worlds after this. "The Sixth Age" which is "The World of Prophecy and Revelation" and "The Seventh Age" is "The World of Completion".

The Native Americans have been not only the forefathers of we Americans who came to this country a few hundred years ago but they have been the Keepers of the Earth for a long period of time. What they believe is very sacred to us. This knowledge is re-emerging at this time in the Earth's history.

The Hopi believe that they descended from the Pleiades and that even before that they came from Lyra which is the Ring Nebula that the Pleiadians have spoken to Bill Meier about. They call Lyra the "Eye of God".

Robert mentions volcanoes going off in the Pacific Rim. This warms up the water making fish change their migration patterns. For example salmon from Alaska are not as plentiful as before. The El Nino' is also swelling to record proportions. He says this means Hopi legends are being fulfilled and we are at the end of the Dream.

Asked what we can do about this, he said we need to return to the Earth and one way to do that is to restore our bodies to health by eating natural grains such as wheat, rice, millet, and corn. He travels around the world doing the Ghost Dance which is to raise the consciousness of people. He said we have got to stop fighting each other. He said people are not the enemy, the Corporation is the enemy because they are being greedy and taking profits now without regard to the future impact on our environment.

The 3 days of darkness of Hopi Prophecy will be 1998/1999. [This did not occur, but the concpet of three days of darkness may yet occur in aother timeline as it appears in other religions.

Phoenix Bird would raise its wings and fly. Fire that burned it was the consumption of human desires. We are still not in balance.

Hopi Clan Rocks were given out to all four races a long time ago.

They are stored by race in the following locations:
White - Switzerland
Black - Kilimajaro Mountains in Africa
Yellow - Tibet
Red - Hopi land

A white man will come and restore the Fire Clay tablet.

The Hopi Rock has a + sign and a - (minus) sign on it with a circle.

They represent positive, negative and neutral forces in a magnetic field.

Where they cross is a vortex into the next dimension.

Greatest thing we have for healing is the human spirit.

We are children of the Sun.

Prophecies which should have happened 10 years ago have been put off.

We have been given a window of opportunity.

Spiritual Love is the answer. True knowledge is beyond words.

Comets are a sign of prophecy.

Hale-Bopp was the twin Kachina, white and blue. [No! It is Sirius}

The next one will be red. It is the Purifier. It will stop and observe us.

If we are not purified enough it will finish the job for us.

If there is an Armegeddon it is within each of us.

We have 12 strands of DNA in our blood.

Scientists don't know what they are for since they are not being used.

But we can activate them ourselves.

One way is through drumming and ceremony.

End time should be seen as the Beginning time.

We are creating at this moment what our Tomorrow will be.

reply to this post
RavenBlueWol...
online status 140 friends
June 14, 2004 - 09:17 AM
Re: Prophecies

2012 hopi/mayan dates

What is your opinion? Does our oral tradition the Cherokee and the Hopi have any relavence? Is it 2012? I would like to hear opinions from the Native American traditions and stories point of view. of course the Myans are Native people and we do have some members here from south america...so please feel free to responde and post here.

Just one article:

www.levity.com/eschaton/Why2012.html
reply to this post
RavenBlueWol...
online status 120 friends
March 22, 2004 - 02:40 PM
Re: 2012 hopi/mayan dates

THE HOW AND WHY OF THE MAYAN END DATE IN 2012 A.D.
by John Major Jenkins
〓 May 23rd, 1994
Originally published in the Dec-Jan '95 issue of Mountain Astrologer.
Why did the ancient Mayan or pre-Maya choose December 21st, 2012 A.D., as the end of their Long Count calendar? This article will cover some recent research. Scholars have known for decades that the 13-baktun cycle of the Mayan "Long Count" system of timekeeping was set to end precisely on a winter solstice, and that this system was put in place some 2300 years ago. This amazing fact - that ancient Mesoameri- can skywatchers were able to pinpoint a winter solstice far off into the future - has not been dealt with by Mayanists. And why did they choose the year 2012? One immediately gets the impression that there is a very strange mystery to be confronted here. I will be building upon a clue to this mystery reported by epigrapher Linda Schele in Maya Cosmos (1994). This article is the natural culmination of the research relating to the Mayan Long Count and the precession of the equinoxes that I explored in my recent book Tzolkin: Visionary Perspectives and Calendar Studies (Borderlands Science and Research Foundation, 1994). The Mayan Long Count
Just some basics to get us started. The Maya were adept skywatchers. Their Classic Period is thought to have lasted from 200 A.D. to 900 A.D., but recent archeological findings are pushing back the dawn of Mayan civilization in Mesoamerica. Large ruin sites indicating high culture with distinctly Mayan antecedents are being found in the jungles of Guatemala dating back to before the common era. And even before this, the Olmec civilization flourished and developed the sacred count of 260 days known as the tzolkin. The early Maya adopted two different time keeping systems, the "Short Count" and the Long Count. The Short Count derives from combining the tzolkin cycle with the solar year and the Venus cycle of 584 days. In this way, "short" periods of 13, 52 and 104 years are generated. Unfortunately, we won't have occasion to dwell on the properties of the so-called Short Count system here. The Long Count system is somewhat more abstract, yet is also related to certain astronomical cycles. It is based upon nested cycles of days multiplied at each level by that key Mayan number, twenty:
Number of Days / Term
1 / Kin (day)
20 / Uinal
360 / Tun
7200 / Katun
144000 / Baktun
Notice that the only exception to multiplying by twenty is at the tun level, where the uinal period is instead multiplied by 18 to make the 360-day tun. The Maya employed this counting system to track an unbroken sequence of days from the time it was inaugurated. The Mayan scholar Munro Edmonson believes that the Long Count was put in place around 355 B.C. This may be so, but the oldest Long Count date as yet found corresponds to 32 B.C. We find Long Count dates in the archeological record beginning with the baktun place value and separated by dots. For example: 6.19.19.0.0 equals 6 baktuns, 19 katuns, 19 tuns, 0 uinals and 0 days. Each baktun has 144000 days, each katun has 7200 days, and so on. If we add up all the values we find that 6.19.19.0.0 indicates a total of 1007640 days have elapsed since the Zero Date of 0.0.0.0.0. The much discussed 13-baktun cycle is completed 1872000 days (13 baktuns) after 0.0.0.0.0. This period of time is the so called Mayan "Great Cycle" of the Long Count and equals 5125.36 years.
But how are we to relate this to a time frame we can understand? How does this Long Count relate to our Gregorian calendar? This problem of correlating Mayan time with "western" time has occupied Mayan scholars since the beginning. The standard question to answer became: what does 0.0.0.0.0 (the Long Count "beginning" point) equal in the Gregorian calendar? When this question is answered, archeological inscriptions can be put into their proper historical context and the end date of the 13-baktun cycle can be calculated. After years of considering data from varied fields such as astronomy, ethnography, archeology and iconography, J. Eric S. Thompson determined that 0.0.0.0.0 correponded to the Julian date 584283, which equals August 11th, 3114 B.C. in our Gregorian calendar. This means that the end date of 13.0.0.0.0, some 5125 years later, is December 21st, 2012 A.D.1
The relationship between the Long Count and Short Count has always been internally consistent (both were tracked alongside each other in an unbroken sequence since their conception). Now it is very interesting to note that an aspect of the "Short Count", namely, the sacred tzolkin count of 260 days, is still being followed in the highlands of Guatemala. As the Mayan scholar Munro Edmonson shows in The Book of the Year, this last surviving flicker of a calendar tradition some 3000 years old supports the Thompson correlation of 584283. Edmonson also states that the Long Count was begun by the Maya or pre-Maya around 355 B.C., but there is reason to believe that the Long Count system was being perfected for at least 200 years prior to that date.
The point of interest for these early astronomers seems to have been the projected end date in 2012 A.D., rather than the beginning date in 3114 B.C. Having determined the end date in 2012 (for reasons we will come to shortly), and calling it 13.0.0.0.0, they thus proclaimed themselves to be living in the 6th baktun of the Great Cycle. The later Maya certainly attributed much mythological significance to the beginning date, relating it to the birth of their deities, but it now seems certain that the placement of the Long Count hinges upon its calculated end point. Why did early Mesoamerican skywatchers pick a date some 2300 years into the future and, in fact, how did they pinpoint an accurate winter solstice? With all these considerations one begins to suspect that, for some reason, the ancient New World astronomers were tracking precession. The Precession
The precession of the equinoxes, also known as the Platonic Year, is caused by the slow wobbling of the earth's polar axis. Right now this axis roughly points to Polaris, the "Pole Star," but this changes slowly over long periods of time. The earth's wobble causes the position of the seasonal quarters to slowly precess against the background of stars. For example, right now, the winter solstice position is in the constellation of Sagittarius. But 2000 years ago it was in Capricorn. Since then, it has precessed backward almost one full sign. It is generally thought that the Greek astronomer Hipparchus was the first to discover precession around 128 B.C. Yet scholarship indicates that more ancient Old World cultures such as the Egyptians (see Schwaller de Lubicz's book Sacred Science) and Babylonians also knew about the precession.
I have concluded that even cultures with simple horizon astronomy and oral records passed down for a hundred years or so, would notice the slow shifting of the heavens. For example, imagine that you lived in an environment suited for accurately demarcated horizon astronomy. Even if this wasn't the case, you might erect monoliths to sight the horizon position of, most likely, the dawning winter solstice sun. This position in relation to background stars could be accurately preserved in oral verse or wisdom teachings, to be passed down for centuries. Since precession will change this position at the rate of 1 degree every 72 years, within the relatively short time of 100 years or so, a noticeable change will have occurred. The point of this is simple. To early cultures attuned to the subtle movements of the sky, precession would not have been hard to notice.2
The Maya are not generally credited with knowing about the precession of the equinoxes. But considering everything else we know about the amazing sophistication of Mesoamerican astronomy, can we realistically continue to deny them this? Many of the as yet undeciphered hieroglyphs may ultimately describe precessional myths. Furthermore, as I show in my book Tzolkin: Visionary Perspectives and Calendar Studies, the Long Count is perfectly suited for predicting future seasonal quarters, indefinitely, and precession is automatically accounted for. Some of the most incredible aspects of Mayan cosmo-conception are just now being discovered. As was the case with the state of Egyptology in the 1870's, we still have a lot to learn. In addition, Mayanists like Gordon Brotherston (The Book of the Fourth World) consider precessional knowledge among Mesoamerican cultures to be more than likely.
The Sacred Tree
We are still trying to answer these questions: What is so important about the winter solstice of 2012 and, exactly how were calculations made so accurately, considering that precession should make them exceedingly difficult?
If we make a standard horoscope chart for December 21st, 2012 A.D., nothing very unusual appears. In this way I was led astray in my search until Linda Schele provided a clue in the recent book Maya Cosmos. Probably the most exciting breakthrough in this book is her identification of the astronomical meaning of the Mayan Sacred Tree. Drawing from an impressive amount of iconographic evidence, and generously sharing the process by which she arrived at her discovery, the Sacred Tree is found to be none other than the crossing point of the ecliptic with the band of the Milky Way. Indeed, the Milky Way seems to have played an important role in Mayan imagery. For example, an incised bone from 8th century Tikal depicts a long sinking canoe containing various deities. This is a picture of the night sky and the canoe is the Milky Way, sinking below the horizon as the night progresses, and carrying with it deities representing the nearby constellations. The incredible Mayan site of Palenque is filled with Sacred Tree motifs and references to astronomical events. In their book Forest of Kings, Schele and Freidel suggested that the Sacred Tree referred to the ecliptic. Apparently that was only part of the picture, for the Sacred Tree that Pacal ascends in death is more than just the ecliptic, it is the sacred doorway to the underworld. The crossing point of Milky Way and ecliptic is this doorway and represents the sacred source and origin. In the following diagram of the well known sarcophagus carving, notice that the Milky Way tree serves as an extension of Pacal's umbilicus. The umbilicus is a human being's entrance into life, and entrance into death as well:

Diagram 1: Pacal and the Sacred Tree.
We may also remember at this point that the tzolkin calendar is said to spring from the Sacred Tree. The Sacred Tree is, in fact, at the center of the entire corpus of Mayan Creation Myths. We should definitely explore the nature of this astronomical feature.
The first question that came up for me was as follows. Since Lord (Ahau) Pacal is, by way of divine kingship, equated with the sun, and he is portrayed "entering" the Sacred Tree on his famous sarcophagus lid, on what day does the sun come around to conjunct the crossing point of ecliptic and Milky Way? This would be an important date. In the pre-dawn skies of this date, the Milky Way would be seen to arch overhead from the region of Polaris (Heart of Sky) and would point right at where the sun rises. This (and the corollary date 6 months later) is the only date when the Sun/Lord could jump from the ecliptic track and travel the Milky Way up and around the vault of heaven to the region of Polaris, there to enter the "Heart of Sky." It should be mentioned that 1300 years ago, during the zenith of Palenque's glory, Polaris was much less an exact "Pole Star" than it is now. Schele demonstrates that it wasn't a Pole Star that the Maya mythologized in this regard, it was the unmarked polar "dark region" symbolizing death and the underworld around which everything was observed to revolve. Life revolves around death - a characteristically Mayan belief. The dates on which the sun conjuncts the "Sacred Tree" are thus very important. These dates will change with precession. Schele doesn't pursue this line of reasoning, however, and doesn't even mention that these dates might be significant. If we go back to 755 A.D., we find that the sun conjuncts the Sacred Tree on December 3rd. I should point out here that the Milky Way is a wide band, and perhaps a 10-day range of dates should be considered.
To start with, however, I use the exact center of the Milky Way band that one finds on star charts, known as the "Galactic Equator" (not to be confused with Galactic Center). Where the Galactic Equator crosses the ecliptic in Sagittarius just happens to be where the dark rift in the Milky Way begins. This is a dark bifurcation in the Milky Way caused by interstellar dust clouds. To observers on earth, it appears as a dark road which begins near the ecliptic and stretches along the Milky Way up towards Polaris. The Maya today are quite aware of this feature; the Quich »Maya call it xibalba be (the "road to Xibalba") and the Chorti Maya call it the "camino de Santiago". In Dennis Tedlock's translation of the Popol Vuh, we find that the ancient Maya called it the "Black Road". The Hero Twins Hunahpu and Xbalanque must journey down this road to battle the Lords of Xibalba. (Tedlock 334, 358). Furthermore, what Schele has identified as the Sacred Tree was known to the ancient Quich »simply as "Crossroads."
This celestial feature was not marginal in ancient Mayan thought and is still rec- ognized even today. In terms of how this feature was mythologized, it seems that when a planet, the sun, or the moon entered the dark cleft of the Milky Way in Sagittarius (which happens to be the exact center of the Milky Way, the Galactic Equator), entrance to the underworld road was possible, which could then take the journeyer up to the Heart of Sky. Shamanic vision rites were probably involved in this scenario. In the Yucatan, underground caves were ritual places used by shaman to journey to the underworld. Schele explains that "Mayan mythology identifies the Road to Xibalba as going through a cave" (Forest of Kings, 209). Here we have a metaphorical reference to the "dark rift" in the Milky Way by way of its terrestrial counterpart, a syncretism between earth and sky which is characteristic of Mayan thinking. Above all, what is becoming apparent from the corpus of Mayan Creation Myths is that creation seems to have taken place at a celestial crossroads - the crossing point of ecliptic and Milky Way.
To clarify this ever growing picture, we should stop here and plot out some charts. In addition to the detailed star maps from Norton's 2000.0 Star Atlas which allowed me to pinpoint the crossing point of Galactic Equator and ecliptic, I use EZCosmos to plot these positions3. What I found answers the question of why the Maya chose the winter solstice of 2012, a problem seemingly avoided by astronomers and Mayanists alike. While it is true that the sun conjuncts the Sacred Tree on December 3rd in the year 755 A.D., over the centuries precession has caused the conjunction date to approach the winter solstice. So, how close are we to perfect conjunction today? Exactly when might we expect the winter solstice sun to conjunct the crossing point of Galactic Equator and ecliptic - the Mayan Sacred Tree? Any astronomer will tell you that, presently, the Milky Way crosses the ecliptic through the constellation of Sagittarius and this area is rich in nebulae and high density objects. In fact, where the Milky Way crosses the ecliptic in Sagittarius also happens to be the direction of the Galactic Center.4
The Charts
So the quest returns to identifying why December 21st, 2012 A.D. might represent some kind of astronomical anomoly. I'll get right to the heart of the matter. Let's look at a few charts.

Chart 1.

Here is a full view of the sky at noon on December 21st, 2012 A.D. The band of the Milky Way can be seen stretching from the lower right to the upper left. The more or less vertical dotted line indicates the Galactic Equator. The planets can be seen tracing a roughly horizontal path through the chart, indicating the ecliptic. The sun, quite strikingly, is dead center in the Sacred Tree. Let's look closer.

Chart 2.

The field is now reduced from a horizon-to-horizon view to a field of 30 degrees. Part of the constellation of Sagittarius can be seen in the lower left portion of the chart. The planet in the middle-to-upper left portion of the chart is Pluto, which rarely travels directly along the ecliptic. The center square near the sun is placed on the Trifid Nebula (M20). According to the star chart I used, this nebula is very close to the crossing point of Galactic Equator and ecliptic. However, a small star (4 Sgr) is even closer; it sits right on the Galactic Equator and its declination is only 00 .08' below the ecliptic. Let's look closer at these features.

Chart 3.

The field is now reduced to a 5-degree span, what astrology considers to be within conjunction. The dot to the lower right of the sun is the star 4 Sgr. Amazingly, the Sun is right on target. We couldn't have hoped for a closer conjunction. 1 day before or after will remove the sun a noticeable distance from the crossing point. December 21st, 2012 (13.0.0.0.0 in the Long Count) therefore represents an extremely close conjunction of the winter solstice sun with the crossing point of Galactic Equator and the ecliptic, what the ancient Maya recognized as the Sacred Tree. It is critical to understand that the winter solstice sun rarely conjuncts the Sacred Tree. In fact, this is an event that has been coming to resonance very slowly over thousands and thousands of years. What this might mean astrologically, how this might effect the "energy weather" on earth, must be treated as a separate topic.
But I should at least mention in passing that this celestial convergence appears to parallel the accelerating pace of human civilization. It should be noted that because precession is a very slow process, similar astronomical alignments will be evident on the winter solstice dates within perhaps 5 years on either side of 2012. However, the accuracy of the conjunction of 2012 is quite astounding, beyond anything deemed calculable by the ancient Maya, and serves well to represent the perfect mid-point of the process.
Let's go back to the dawn of the Long Count and try to reconstruct what may have been happening.
Why: Winter Solstice Sun Conjuncts The Sacred Tree in 2012 A.D.
First, the tzolkin count originated among the Olmec at least as early as 679 B.C. (see Edmonson's Book of the Year). We may suspect that astronomical observations were being made from at least that point. The tzolkin count has been followed unbroken since at least that time, up to the present day, demonstrating the high premium placed by the Maya upon continuity of tradition. In this way, star records, horizon positions of the winter solstice sun, and other pertinent observations could also have been accurately preserved. As suggested above, precession can be noticed by way of even simple horizon astronomy in as little time as 100 to 150 years. (Hipparchus, the alleged "discoverer" of precession among the Greeks, compared his own observations with data collected only 170 years before his time.) Following Edmonson, the Long Count system may have appeared as early as 355 B.C. Part of the reason for implementing the Long Count system, as I will show, was probably to calculate future winter solstice dates.
We must assume that even at this early point in Mesoamerican history, the crossing point of ecliptic and Milky Way was understood as the "Sacred Tree". Since the Sacred Tree concept is intrinsically tied into the oldest Mayan Creation Myths, this is not improbable. At the very least, the "dark rift" was already a recognized feature. Early skywatchers of this era (355 B.C.) would then observe the sun to conjunct the dark ridge in the Milky Way on or around November 18th.5 This would be easily observed in the pre-dawn sky as described above: the Milky Way points to the rising sun on this date.
Over a relatively short period of time, as an awareness of precession was emerging, this date was seen to slowly approach winter solstice, a critical date in its own right in early Mayan cosmo-conception. At this point, precession and the rate of precession was calculated, the Long Count was perfected and inaugurated, and the appropriate winter solstice date in 2012 A.D. was found via the Long Count in the following way.
How: Long Count and Seasonal Quarters
Long Count katun beginnings will conjunct sequential seasonal quarters every 1.7.0.0.0 days (194400 days). This is an easily tracked Long Count interval. Starting with the katun beginning of 650 B.C.:
Long Count Which Quarter? Year
6.5.0.0.0 Fall 650 B.C.
7.12.0.0.0 Winter 118 B.C.
8.19.0.0.0 Spring 416 A.D.
10.6.0.0.0 Summer 948 A.D.
11.13.0.0.0 Fall 1480 A.D.
13.0.0.0.0 Winter 2012 A.D.
Note that the last date is not only a katun beginning, but a baktun beginning as well. It is, indeed, the end date of 2012.6
The Long Count may have been officially inaugurated on a specific date in 355 B.C., as Edmonson suggests, but it must have been formulated, tried, tested, and proven before this date. This may well have taken centuries, and the process no doubt paralleled (and was perhaps instigated by) the discovery of precession. The Long Count system automatically accounts for precession in its ability to calculate future seasonal quarters - a property which shouldn't be underestimated.
Summary
This has been my attempt to fill a vacuum in Mayan Studies, an answer to the why and how of the end date of the 13-baktun cycle of the Mayan Long Count. The solution requires a shift in how we think about the astronomy of the Long Count end date. The strange fact that it occurs on a winter solstice immediately points us to possible astronomical reasons, but they are not obvious. We also shouldn't forget the often mentioned fact that the 13-baktun cycle of some 5125 years is roughly 1/5th of a precessional cycle. This in itself should have been suggestive of a deeper mystery very early on. Only with the recent identification of the astronomical nature of the Sacred Tree has the puzzle revealed its fullness. And once again we are amazed at the sophistication and vision of the ancient New World astronomers, the decendants of whom still count the days and watch the skies in the remote outbacks of Guatemala.
This essay is not contrived upon sketchy evidence. It basically rests upon two facts:
1) the well known end date of the 13-baktun cycle of the Mayan Long Count, which is December 21st, 2012 A.D. and
2) the astronomical situation on that day. Based upon these two facts alone, the creators of the Long Count knew about and calculated the rate of precession over 2300 years ago. I can conceive of no other conclusion. To explain this away as "coincidence" would only obscure the issue.
For early Mesoamerican skywatchers, the slow approach of the winter solstice sun to the Sacred Tree was seen as a critical process, the culmination of which was surely worthy of being called 13.0.0.0.0, the end of a World Age. The channel would then be open through the winter solstice doorway, up the Sacred Tree, the Xibalba be , to the center of the churning heavens, the Heart of Sky.
Notes:
1Linda Schele and David Freidel, unlike most Mayanists, continue to support the work of Floyd Lounsbury in promoting the 584285 correlation. This is 2 days off from the Thompson correlation that I use. The decisive factor in supporting the Thompson correlation of 584283 is the fact that it corresponds with the tzolkin count still followed in the highlands of Guatemala. To account for this discrepency in his correlation, Lounsbury claims that the count was shifted back two days sometime before the conquest (not likely), thus explaining its present placement. This means that either correlation will give the December 21st end date. Nevertheless, Schele and Freidel still report that the end date is December 23rd, 2012 rather than Dec. 21st, an unfortunate faux pas understandable only because they aren't particularly interested in the specifics of the correlation debate. For a detailed discussion of this topic, refer to my book Tzolkin: Visionary Perspectives and Calendar Studies.
2Case in point is the mysterious existence of myths obviously describing precession in the ancient verses of the Kalevala, the Finnish National Epic. These myths were relayed from the earliest times by way of singers. Many of these stories are thoroughly magical and are filled with sky lore. The Finnish language is not of Indo- European origin and up until the late 19th century peasants in Finland and northwestern Russia had little contact with Europe. Indeed, their heritage suggests more contact with Central Asia than Europe. Some of the Kalevala stories describe a sacred Mill called the Sampo (derived from sanskrit Skambha = pillar or pole) with a "many ciphered cover". This spinning Mill is a metaphor for a Golden Age of plenty and the starry sky spinning around the Pole Star (known as the Nail of the North), which in the Far North is almost straight over head. The Mill at some point is disturbed, its pillar being pulled out of its peg, and a new one - a new "age" - must be constructed. This becomes the chore of Ilmarinen, the primeval smith. In this legend, ancient knowledge of precession among unsophisticated "peasants" who were nonetheless astute skywatchers, was preserved via oral tradition almost down to modern times.
3EZCosmos is a graphic software package that can accurately plot and animate the positions of planets, stars, nebula and so on, for 14,000 years. It is well suited to this research because it accounts for precession in its positional calculations. It also happens to be the software that Linda Schele used to discover the astronomical meaning of the Mayan Sacred Tree.
4 Here we briefly converge with the ideas of Terence McKenna. In the book he co- authored with his brother Dennis (Invisible Landscape, Seabury Press 1975 and Harper San Francisco, 1993), Terence suggests that the position of winter solstice sun within 3 degrees of the Galactic Center in the year 2012 A.D. (a "once-in-a-precessional- cycle" event) may provide the eschatological end point for his theory of time known as Timewave Zero. His end date was chosen for historical reasons and was, apparently, only later discovered to correspond with the Mayan end date. The McKennas point out that this unusual astronomical situation has been noted by other writers, namely, Giorgio de Santillana and Hertha von Dechend in Hamlet's Mill (1969). As ACS Publication's The American Ephemeris for the 21st Century shows, in the year 2012 the Galactic Center is at 27 Sagittarius (within 3 of winter solstice). Thus McKenna demonstrates that on winter solstice of 2012, Galactic Center will be rising heliacally just before dawn, in a way reminiscent of how the Maya observed Venus's last morningstar appearance.
5This basically follows the "1 degree every 72 years" rule of precession. In this way, back in 3114 B.C. the sun conjuncted the Sacred Tree on Oct 10th, which is 72 degrees, or 1/5th of the ecliptic from the winter solstice. The Fall Equinox sun conjuncted the Sacred Tree about 6400 years ago (1/4th of a precessional cycle). Ancient cultures in Mesopotamia may have recognized this alignment, and called it a Golden Age. The fall from this state of alignment may be responsible for the original Fall from Paradise myth, which filtered out to the Judaic tradition.
6The Long Count has other strange astronomical properties. For instance, the 13- katun cycle of 256 years was known to the Yucatec Maya as a prophecy cycle. We see it used in the Books of Chilam Balam. The astronomical reference here is to conjunction cycles of Uranus and Pluto, two of which equal 256 years. From another angle, 3 katuns equal exactly 37 synodical cycles of Venus.
Sources:
Brotherston, Gordon. The Book of the Fourth World. Cambridge University Press. 1992.
Edmonson, Munro. The Book of the Year. University of Utah Press, Salt Lake City, Utah. 1988.
EZCosmos. Astrosoft, Inc. DeSoto, Texas. 1990.
Jenkins, John Major. Tzolkin: Visionary Perspectives and Calendar Studies. Borderlands Science and Research Foundation. Garberville, CA. 1994.
Mayan Calendrics. Dolphin Software. 48 Shattuck Square #147, Berkeley, CA. 94704. 1989 &1993.
Meeus, Jean. Astronomical Tables of the Sun, Moon and Planets. Willmann- Bell Publishers. Richmond, VA. 1983.
Michelsen, Neil F. The American Ephemeris for the 21st Century. ACS Publications. San Diego, CA. 1982, 1988.
Ridpath, Ian (ed.). Norton's 2000.0: Star Atlas and Reference Handbook. Longman Group UK Limited. 1989.
Schele, Linda and Freidel, David. A Forest of Kings: The Untold Story of the Ancient Maya. William Morrow and Company, Inc. New York. 1990.
Schele, Linda; Freidel, David; Parker, Joy. Maya Cosmos: Three Thousand Years on the Shaman's Path. William Morrow and Company, Inc. New York. 1993.
Tedlock, Dennis. The Popol Vuh: The Definitive Edition of the Mayan Book of the Dawn of Life and the Glories of Gods and Kings. Simon & Schuster. New York.
1985
Author's Biographical Information:
John Major Jenkins (March 4th, 1964, 9:19 p.m., Chicago) is a student of Mayan time. On several trips to Central America in the late 80's, he worked and lived with the Quich »and Tzutujil Maya in Guatemala. Observations gathered on these trips were published in Chicago area newspapers. Since then he has devoted his time to studying Mayan cosmo-conception and the mathematical and philosophical properties of the sacred calendar. More thought provoking ideas can be found in his recent book Tzolkin: Visionary Perspectives and Calendar Studies (Borderlands Science and Research Foundation, 1994). Additional information on the Mayan end date alignment is available by writing the author at Four Ahau Press: P.O. Box 3; Boulder, CO 80306. Four Ahau Web
reply to this post
RavenBlueWol...
online status 140 friends
October 14, 2004 - 06:20 AM new
Re: Prophecies

I bring this up front...if you do not know your past...how can you know your future?
posted by:
Kalonapossessorof...

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

History sought

2009-03-30T22:26:27Z

In a message dated 3/23/09 7:53:05 PM, crichardson66@comcast.net writes:

From: Daniel Murphree nasbsh@gmail.com
Date: Tue, Mar 17, 2009
Subject: CFC: Native America: A State-By-State History

CALL FOR CONTRIBUTORS
NATIVE AMERICA: A STATE-BY-STATE HISTORY

Greenwood Press invites scholars of Native American history
to submit entries for its forthcoming publication titled
Native America: A State-by-State History. This 3-volume
set will cover North American Indian history in the United
States from the pre-colonial period to the present.
Intended for high school and college audiences, each
chapter will be organized alphabetically by state. Some
states will have shorter chapters, around 7,000-10,000
words in length; other states will be covered in 10,000
to 25,000 words. Each chapter will start with a chronology
of events significant to Native American history in that
particular state followed by a narrative overview of
these events, a section highlighting notable individual
Indians in the state, a brief essay on native cultural
contributions to the state and a suggested readings list.

Interested potential authors should submit a CV noting
their credentials and expertise as well as the name of
the state(s) on which they would like to submit chapters. Established
scholars and advanced graduate students are
encouraged to contribute. Each author will receive an
honorarium for their contribution, and depending on the
number of entries submitted, may be eligible to receive
a complimentary copy of the three volume set.

Approved contributors will receive an assignment and
contributors' guidelines document via email followed by
a release form postal mailed from the publisher to be
signed and returned. Complete entries are subject to a
rigorous editing process and will be accepted for
publication at the discretion of the editor and publisher.

Please send all inquiries to nasbsh @ gmail.com.

Editor, Native America: A State-by-State History
Daniel S. Murphree
Associate Professor of History
University of Texas at Tyler
3900 University Boulevard
Tyler, TX 75799

--------------------------------------

I am a professor at Bacone College in Muskogee, Ok; I am
editing an encyclopedia on American Indian affairs for
Greenwood Publishing. I am seeking advice, suggestions,
and contributions. I hope you don't mind if I take the
liberty of attaching a brief overview of the encyclopedia
that includes a working list of issues.

I am seeking suggestions of other issues that would be
relevant for this work, as well as contributors for this
volume. If you have a suggestion, are interested in
contributing, or know of potential contributors, please
let me know. I can be contacted at
russell.lawson @ gmail.com
or lawsonr @ bacone.edu.

Thanks very much.
Russell Lawson

Greenwood Encyclopedia of American Indian Issues Today. Editor: Russell
M. Lawson, Bacone College

Overview:
The Greenwood Encyclopedia of American Indian Issues Today
provides a complete examination of issues relevant to American Indians
in the second decade of the 21st century. Approximately
100 essays written by an international collection of scholars
will examine and describe political, social, economic, moral,
and cultural issues facing contemporary American Indians.
Each essay will describe theories, institutions, people,
laws, customs, and forms of expression and behavior relevant
to the particular issue. Sidebars will provide additional
information on people and topics of particular interest.
Charts and graphs on trends and numbers will lend statistical
support to the essays. Select transciptions of primary source documents
will be included, as will numerous illustrations
to provide visual support to the issues under study.
Anticipated publication date: 2011.

Issues and Topics:
Economic Issues
Employment: unemployment, Affirmative Action, discrimination.
Casinos/Gaming: economic boon; conflict among tribes; tourism.

Legal Issues
Civil and Human Rights: Ongoing racism toward Indians from non-Indians
within towns and states; hate crimes directed
toward Indians; reservation clashes with non-Indians in
nearby towns contesting for similar resources; challenges
to sovereignty by non-Indians; prejudice toward Indians in the workplace
and government.
Law and Justice: Congressional actions, court rulings, Supreme
Court, interpretation of Constitution.
Law Enforcement: tribal, local, federal; jurisdiction;
cooperation v. competition.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Dept. of the Interior: relationship
to tribes and reservations: federal recognition and federal aid.
Indian Trust, Dept. of the Interior: mismanagement.
Repatriation: Native American Grave Protection and Repatriation
Act; sacred objects.

Political Issues
Federal Recognition: treaties; federal assistance: which
tribes are recognized, which aren’t, why?
Politics: influence on local, state, federal political offices;
grassroots political groups; Indians as lobbyists, and PACs.
Tribal Government: representing all members of tribe, on and
off reservation? Using resources, such as gaming money,
honestly and correctly?
Service in U.S. Armed Forces: underrepresented? Same
opportunities as whites? Prejudice?
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Dept. of the Interior: relationship
to tribes and reservations: federal recognition and federal aid.
Indian Trust, Dept. of the Interior: mismanagement.
Reservations: state and federal: relation of federal
reservations to Bureau of Indian Affairs.
Activism: political.
Sovereignty: relation to state and federal governments;
self-determination.

Social Issues
Social Problems: illiteracy, unwanted pregnancies, abortion.
Social Status: within tribes, between tribes, within white
society.
Family: interracial marriages and children; divorce; tribal traditions
v. pressures of contemporary society.
Women: leaders, rights, activism.
Health Care: Indian Health Service, diseases.
Poverty: children, tribal, reservations.
Race: race relations, especially blacks and Indians: competition
and rivalries in communities and on college campuses.
Substance Abuse: alcoholism; methamphetamines.

Religious Issues
Missionaries: Christianity: is the missionary impulse of
Christianity toward American Indians still valid?
Traditional v. Organized Religion: can synthesis of traditional
spiritual religion and Christianity be sustained? Is postmodern
Christianity viable among American Indians?

Education Issues
Higher Education: American Indian Studies, tribal colleges
and universities: is there still a place for exclusivity in
Indian higher education?
Public and Private Education: primary and secondary; Indian
schools; No Child Left Behind.

Psychological Issues
Emotional and Mental Problems: depression, anxiety, phobias.
Individualism: individual successes; challenges to individual successes;
tribal conformity.

Historical Issues
Genocide: contemporary historical issues: continued debate over
genocide. Attempts to convince Indians and non-Indians of its historical
reality; counter-attempts to prove “genocide” in the strict sense of the
word did not occur.

Intellectual Issues
Science: impact on tribal identity (forensics); archeology;
social sciences; geology; hydraulics.

Property Issues
Land Restoration: how to determine broken treaties; when
occupation is legal ownership.
Mineral Rights and Resources: mining, oil and gas: making money
v. protecting land and heritage.
Activism: rights, repatriation, government mismanagement of
lands and resources.
Nuclear Waste: monitored retrieval storage.
Environmental issues: pollution; “environmental racism”.
Tribal Land Use: hunting, fishing, water, hydroelectric:
What to use? What to preserve?

Cultural Issues
Modernization: embracing modern culture, assumptions,
technology, materialism.
Tribal Roles: “Popularity of Being Indian”; who is Indian
and who is not? The validity or lack thereof of percentage
of Indian blood.
Tribal Rivalries: inter-rivalries over land, opportunities,
tourism: intra-rivalries between urban and non-urban residents of same
tribe.
National Museum of the American Indian: on National Mall,
Washington, D.C.: too much popularization, making Indianness mainstream?

Stereotypes: in literature, film, education, sports;
traditional misconceptions; xenophobic language; ethnocentric attitude
toward Indians.
Arts and Humanities: poetry, literature, music, theater:
the American Indian “voice”; fraudulent and fake
representations of Indian art put on exhibit and for sale.
Indianness: personal and collective identity; what is an Indian?
Indian athletes: professional, amateur, traditional Indian;
under-representation of American Indians in NCAA and
professional sports; difficulty in getting college/professional
teams to consider Indians who played athletics on reservations;
inadequate educational background on reservation schools to be accepted
in top colleges and play for teams.
Film and Visual Media by and about Indians: documentaries and
dramatizations illustrating a wide range of issues such as
Indian activism, challenges of identity, education, reservation
life, relationship with federal government and other issues of
sovereignty.
Print Media by and about Indians: Misrepresentation and
distortion of tribal culture by newspapers and magazines
(such as religious beliefs and concern for sacred objects), particularly
gaming/casinos; political and social cartoons.
Historic Preservation: museums; historic structures. Funding?
Exclusivity legitimate? Indian ownership and control?
Cultural Preservation: traditions, ceremonies, languages;
group and self identity in the face of mass society.
Mascots and Logos: sports, advertising.

Urban Issues
Urban Indians: half the Indian population but often left
out of benefits reservation Indians enjoy; poverty; disparate
educational progress; mental and physical disabilities;
interaction of Urban Indians with urban non-Indians and
interaction with non-urban Indians on reservations from
the same tribe.

Regional Issues
Borderlands: Mexican tribes; cultural interaction; illegal immigrants;
dispute over use of resources.
Alaska: Alaska Indians; mineral rights: when to use land?
When to preserve?
Canada: Canadian Indians; cultural interaction; boundary issues
(resources) with Indians in Alaska and U.S.

Demographic Issues
Census Data: changes to Indian population; economic condition
of American (and Alaska) Indians: poverty, housing, home-life,
dependents; population growth on reservations.

==================
X+X+X+X+X+X+X+X+X
==================

That's it for now. Part 3 will be out soon.

Have a great month.

Phil Konstantin
http://americanindian.net

Cherrie Richardson Collazo

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

please join more info

2009-03-23T23:22:51Z

Corine Fairbanks
Today at 2:08pm
Reply
Brothers and Sisters,

The news stories below will tell you that the Carpinteria school board voted to reinstate their racist mascot. They will tell you how some of the local Native people support the mascot.

What none of the news coverage bothers to mention is the hell that the Native people of Carpinteria have endured over the past year. From death threats, intimidation, harassment to public targeting of a child, people being chased into their churches and verbally assaulted...none of that seems to matter.

http://www.myfoxla.com/dpp/news/local/Carpenteria_High_Mascot_Challenged_20090317

http://www.latimes.com/news/local/la-me-carpinteria-warriors19-2009mar19,0,862502.story

http://www.independent.com/news/2009/mar/18/warriors-survive-attack/

That being said, the local Native people who oppose the mascot were allowed to speak at this school board meeting. The last time they had a "special" meeting in the school gymnasium, the Native people were shouted down when they tried to speak, and spit upon as they exited the building. This time they had the support of AIM, the Aztlan Harmony Keepers, and many other state and local organizations. With the attention of the media focused on Carpinteria, the local non-Native community was afraid to engage in the kind of behavior that has become commonplace over the past year.

The school board admitted that some of the imagery should be done away with. This opens the door for further examination. Re-introducing anti-mascot legislation at the state level is also being pursued in anticipation of the pro-mascot Schwartzenegger leaving office.

With all these issues being discussed in major news papers, now is the time to write letters to the editor. Especially the LA Times and the Santa Barbara Independent. As those two papers have been more favorable to our side, they are more likely to print letters from our people. Also, when these issues are raised on a state level, previous support from major newspapers will be critical. Tell these people how you feel and why symbols matter!

The fight is far from over...

Mark Anquoe
American Indian Movement
http://www.aimwest.info

Corine Fairbanks
American Indian Movement
Support the American Indian Movement of Santa Barbara
Source: apps.facebook.com

Our mission: The American Indian Movement is a grassroots national organization intended to restore dignity for Indigenous Peoples & to change policy in local, state & national government

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

Indigenous Empowerment Summit II

2009-03-13T22:19:32Z

April 16, 17 & 18
Haskell Indian Nations University
Lawrence, Kansas

http://profile.myspace.com/index.cfm?fuseaction=user.viewProfile&friendID=351165636

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

Emergency Help For Native Folks...

2009-02-15T17:30:42Z

Dear Ones, Please read:

''Emergency Winter Heating/Utility Assistance Program for the Elders, Disabled, and Seriously Ill.''

Winter in South Dakota started early Autumn 2008 and has been
exceptionally brutal with days and nights already breaking many records
for below 0*F temperatures and reported wind chill factors defying
comprehension at -72*F.

On the Pine Ridge Oglala Sioux Reservation, this has set even the
most solid of reservation organizations scrambling for heating fuel.
Add to the problem a 33% increase in propane costs this year and it has
become a very tenuous situation.

Sadly, like everywhere, it's always the elders and sick who are the most at risk.

Still there are many qualified elders and disabled from the Reservation
on a waiting list for assistance.

Bitter cold temperatures and snow still persist and are expected to
continue well into March 2009.

But with the early onset of winter and the blizzards and extended frigid
temperatures creating extreme need, funding is low or depleted
at this point for most of them.

The ultimate goal will be the programs provided which will continue
to keep people alive and warm, one family at a time.

www.republicoflakotah.com/

Please visit www.nativeprogress.org
to help send money, food, blankets etc...

Sooper Bear spoke to a lady named Jeri Baker and a gentleman named John DuBray this morning.
JERRY: 570-460-6567
JOHN: 605-441-5477

www.nativeprogress.org/content/view/49/112/

Jeri provided me with the above website to peruse:
John gave the following address for mailing supplies:

ONE SPIRIT
28080 ALLEN RD
ALLEN, SOUTH DAKOTA
57714

NATIVEPROGRESS.ORG
www.nativeprogress.org/

The woman in charge of directly working with the elderly on the reservation is:

LINDA BULL BEAR
605-454-0007
LBULLBEAR@NATIVEPROGRESS.ORG

Please notify those you think might help of this crisis.

FEMA is not helping. I repeat, FEMA is NOT helping.

Thank you Sooper Bear and Crow's World for the tip
Please- lets all do what ever we can and also pass along this message... Thanks
Blessed Be
Siz'l

"The survival of the world depends upon our sharing what we have and working together. If we don't, the whole world will die. First the planet, and next the people."

FOOLS CROW
Ceremonial Chief of the Teton Sioux

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

Hopi Prophecy

2009-02-07T22:56:34Z

Hopi Prophecy 2012 (Part 1)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pB9gqjZ9_IQ

Hopi Prophecy 2012 (Part 2)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ETeuvmdKiRg

Hopi Prophecy 2012 (Part 3)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9LroV8LoHO0

Hopi Prophecy 2012 (Part 4)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SeyrCw-gRAE

Hopi Prophecy 2012 (Part 5)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2A0_cyuW1PU

Hopi Prophecy Rock 2012 by Thomas Banyacya
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=y9Vhivi6nws

Hopi Elder Thomas Banyacya
http://www.dreamscape.com/morgana/tethys.htm

Hopi Interpreter Thomas Banyacya
http://www.angelfire.com/on/GEAR2000/tbhopi.html

Thomas Banyacya
http://www.answers.com/topic/thomas-banyacya

Remembering Thomas Banyacya
http://www.sonic.net/~kerry/banyacya/thomas.htm

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

Native TV

2009-02-07T22:32:03Z

Just tell them Kalona/Raven sent you
Native American Television!!!

You are invited to add your thoughts, voice and presence…

This Forum serves to gather input, interest and voices, of Individuals, that share not only an interest but actually a want and need to see Native Americans not only represented but govern their very own Media Outlet via the following methods:

Cable/ Direct TV / SAT/ Public Television/ IPTV and any other Media Relevant Wireless Network

To date there are only sparsely Native American Networks streaming Native American Content within the United States in the mainstream media or public broadcasting venues, meaning there is no channel that any Native American can turn to, on a national scale to view Native American / Indigenous content, may it be a weekly sitcom, film, comedy documentary, news, events you name it…the faces of Native Americans are not openly portrait, other then an occasional Blockbuster or Network Production. Small representation is accumulating online, with networks and websites streaming content thru, YouTube, Mogulus and other methods to at least be somewhat visual…This Forum could collectively combine voices throughout the Internet to link together a strong foundation to let national Networks realize that as we will see this coming April…”WE WILL REMAIN…we are still here…and have more then just a small share to add to the Entertainment Industry

At this very moment there are stations, networks and channels specifically geared and even suited towards other ethnics of this country, such as the African American, Hispanic, Asian and Indian communities. As examples there are Networks such as BET, The Bollywood channel, and more!

Just this past year in November 2008 the lack of national media acknowledgement became once again very clear, as November is Native American Heritage month, and the Friday after the National Thanksgiving Holiday was voted in to be the National Native American Heritage Day…

There was no specialized programming about Native Americans in the Media to commemorate and celebrate the culture, no Native made movies or documentaries, no commercials, no events, no historical placements…nothing…and if so sparsely…mainstream news does not cover anything of importance or value pertaining to Native Americans…

This must change hence Nick White Swan and I designed this network to show, and demonstrates that not only is there a want and lack…but that this needs to not only be addressed but can actually change, if strong numbers show, that we do want this to happen, we have content, material…and def. the passion to see Native American / Indigenous programming, making it onto the national Air & Media waves…

Please give your thoughts and voice to this, by joining this network, by adding your content, by showing the public, that Native Americans, are producing content, are writing scripts, are wonderful entertainers, craftsmen, actors, musicians, film makers and artists so it may be put in front of Media Networks, cable and satellite providers to stimulate them to consider their lack of realizing this Nations first people as an completely ignored and untapped media market, and also to finally give Native Americans and their children something to identify with culturally speaking! Think about it…when is the last time, you clicked through your cable, dish or satellite tv channels and came across a native American family being truthfully portrait within a sitcom…or were exposed to Native American Documentaries… saw a pow wow ( The Gathering of Nations, or Schemutzin just as a broad example both draw thousands of people each year ) featured, or the coverage of the NAMMY”s for that matter?

This lack of presence is apparent, but as with anything, if people are not being made aware things can not nor will they change. The lifestyles and conditions within many Native American Communities depends on the acceptance of media implementation…it is a reasonable fact, that people in general do care about things that they are exposed to visually speaking…things that are not seen, usually are not dealt with, poverty, and self efficiency can only be incorporated into a Change of passage, if we add Native American content into the line up of available network programming…finally giving a voice and equality…a right that needs to be available to All Americans especially it’s first Americans. As Rev. Lewis put it in the Inauguration…Where the red man can get ahead man….

http://theoriginstv.ning.com/

Cherrie

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

Channel G

2009-02-03T04:14:15Z

Red Feather- building straw bale houses for elderly, homeless Native Americans.
watch video here:
www.channelg.tv/video.php
Come check the Ginormous Love of Channel G!
Join our Tribe, and help spread the Good word!!
http://tribes.tribe.net/channelg

!!!

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

Channel G!

2009-01-11T14:57:53Z

Please check out Channel G.
Join our tribe,
and help spread the Good word.
Thanks!

http://tribes.tribe.net/channelg
http://www.channelg.tv
http://www.myspace.com/channelg

Red Feather builds home for Native Americans video: http://www.channelg.tv/video.php

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

art and music invite call for artists

2009-01-07T22:46:13Z

Subject: Press Query for Distribution: Lifestyle & Entertainment

Summary: Call for avant garde artists & musicians to participate each 4th Thursday of the month!

Category: Native American Lifestyle, Art & Entertainment

Name: Yvette Dubel & Cherrie Collazo

Email: whatisculturalfusion@gmail.com

Media Outlet/Publication: cf AaP Radio/Oci Novosti

Anonymous? No

Specific Geographic Region? No

Region:

Deadline: Every 3rd Thursday of each month!

Query:

"Looking for talented - positively oriented avant garde Native American artists mixing media or talented musicians with an awakened message?

In continuing development of Cultural Fusion Experience radio show – We are asking for your help to find artists and musicians we can be excited about sharing with the audience that is drawn to a cultural diverse and universal experience.
The audio from the broadcasts will also be featured in the sister digital magazine (Oci Novosti) launching in early 2009.

What kind of guests are we interested in? People, that are passionate- intelligent, talented and soulful. The kind of people you find
Fascinating, puzzling and amazing who are changing the world for the better through their work....people who
would have fun recording a friendly chat about their work, their processes, their inspirations, intentions, lessons from their journey and then sharing it with anyone else who wants to listen.

ONLY Apply as an artists & musicians that will grant permission to play and promote their music tracks and projects etc. on the show.
For example: When guests are delayed, technical difficulties encountered and eventually for segments focused on music (when Yvette finds some new music to fall in love with) - We keep music tracks loaded so we can go to that while we sort things out.

We have a place for musicians who just want to submit music and those that would like to explore doing an interview AND playing some tracks - promoting performance dates are welcome provided I REALLY like the work. PLEASE have both representatives and musicians see the above links to ensure referrals are a good fit. Of course, We are open to something that may not be represented so if you feel we might like it - give it a go and let us know about it.

For visual and mixed media performance artists - visuals of work are appreciated, which will also open a discussion about the artists passion and visions in reference to the piece…

To get a sense of some of the music preferences of past shows listen to the cf AaP Playlist @ http://culturalfusion.ning.com and the "tracks played" chart on http://www.last.fm/user/ydubel/charts

Contact us at whatiscultural@gmail.com with Radio Guest in the subject.
Business website http://webantiphon.com

Thanks for your time and attention!"

Yvette & Cherrie

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

a call to healers

2008-08-01T17:35:16Z

Cheryl Little Deer is at Stanford Hospital with a brain tumor. They want to do surgery tomorrow and she wants to leave the hospital to take care of a few things. She is asking that she "be held in love and light by people of spirit." and the Saquasohuh bundle in Berkeley will pray with it for the highest and best for her and all her relations. Her voicemail is (415) 721-1789 and as of 7/27 she is in room 304A with a direct line of (650) 498-3705. Please also forward this request to any prayer circles you may be part of.
thanks and blessings to all my relations

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

of interest to all natives..maybe..from a native friend

2008-04-28T23:01:03Z

Just an update…on my ranting…………..

From: Cherrie Collazo [mailto:crichardson66@comcast.net]
Sent: Monday, April 28, 2008 12:32 PM
To: 'webmaster@sioux.org'; 'Shannon Brown'; 'gonative@nemontel.net'; 'naba@n-a-b-a.org'; 'info@nativeamericanmedia.org'; 'visionmaker@unl.edu'; 'airos@unl.edu'
Cc: 'tjryan@natv.org'; 'rflood@natv.org'; 'longestwalk@comcast.net'; 'indianz@indianz.com'; 'electricbrave@gaiapod.com'
Subject: Re.Just reaching out......

Tan si To All My Relation

Over this past weekend I sat and finally reached a point to take my thoughts and give them voice, as some of you may know, do I work for a Dream of seeing American Indians to finally receive equal rights, voices, and visual acceptance within this countries Media...so I emailed what I am now openly sharing here...

PLEASE...if you are of American Indian lineage then add your voice to ours...I feel strongly that if we realize that our separatism, is the actual barrier of our lack of forward movement...then maybe, we can overcome the obstacles placed into our paths...and maybe at some point in time, we as a people will also be able to see the trees bare fruits again...of hopes and dreams, and aspirations...

It is no longer acceptable to sit by the dark corners of the room...complaining about the not being able to see...move to where the light comes thru and understand...that a conditioned mind, may just be what is the mental block...

Any other ethnic group...is advancing within their "boundaries"...because of not feeding into a separatism point of view...they say that today there are but only 2.5 Million American Indians / Native Americans within the continental United States...this literally means...that the majority of people feel that due to blood quantum...a card and Tribal affiliation...we are still being assimilated!

There are 100'ds of thousands of Americans...that carry "red" blood in their DNA...from past Slavery to the actual here and now...My father for instance was stationed in Germany during post war occupation and after he passed in 1976...my mother chose for me and other siblings, to be educated in Germany, as a German & French woman this was her choice and right as a mother...

How many children do you think were fathered by American Indians that are / were out of wedlock...that possibly know of there lineage...but due to lack of paternal presence...other then knowing thru their mothers still are American Indian in part!

How many American Indian soldiers do you feel could have fathered children in foreign lands????? A valid question to raise, especially when one understands that the main given excuse for the lack of interested presence within the National Media to the American Indian is this;

What is YOUR DEMOGRAPHICS...excuse me....

American Indians have an ongoing story to share...with the world, from it's fundamental belief system, to it's ongoing genocide...and assimilation, This countries recorded History is based on many of unfilled holes, and simply put much as the bible interpretations...of certain individuals...

Our classrooms, still today do not teach...the fundamental essence of the key aspects of American Indian Influences, not only within governmental structures but overall lack of knowledge with regards to just how truly intertwined the American Indian is within not only the history of this country, but it's culture...reaching far beyond the borders of this Nation.

I truly feel that if people in general were to finally realize that by joining their minds, hearts and hands...we could see, that as with all Indigenous people there is unseen beauty...and once having come to that very threshold the heartbeat of this Nation could be heard much like the drums from long ago...

We will indeed be known by the tracks we leave...

what do you wear on your feet...if anything at all????

Tansi…My name is Cherrie

I along side of some others am attempting to bring global awareness to earth friendly and sustainable means of living, and being green…however am I also an advocate and voice for trying to be breaking the barriers of the lack of voices and actual presence of the American Indian in any type of broadcast media…example…when is the last time you turned your tv on to watch an American Indian Sitcom for instance??? Try never… is it not procurer that we can find most ethnics readily represented on television yet nothing about American Indians in the 21st Century at all, when is the last time you actually heard an American Indian artist clearly being broadcasted on the Radio… next, try going to a local music store and find American Indian Music…( unless it's Flute of course ) am I being sarcastic…of course I am.

When is the last time, you stood in line to see a movie on big screen mind you…that was not only American Indian Produced etc., but actually gave way to being in the here and now, and not the snapshot "biographies" that make it to the screen every blue moon…which were / are you aware that Dances with Wolves will now have a part 2… I am sure that it is also no big secret, that most of American Indian actors do receive roles…portraying anything but what they are, mainly Hispanics. The world is now on a "go green path" well if that is not American Indian…then I don't what is…so within this…

Today…I thought I would take the opportunity to contact you to point out to you a couple of web links that you may just find interesting enough, to reach out to…and within this possibly creating a flow of more and more Tribes and their affiliations to become what today still seems to be an unheard voice…would it not be wonderful, to finally be able to turn on any television and actually see American Indian TV…without Hollywood's glorified / romanticized versions? And even more so…would it not be simply put amazing…to understand fully, that every company that is now going "green" is literally just following in the ancient belief of a people that are imbedded in this soil…and other indigenous people's beliefs! Also would I like to add that it is extremely important to understand that we are by far 2.5 Million American Indians left within this country…which is one of the main reasons why National Broadcasting is making it so difficult for American Indian artist to become visual on any scale since the main reasoning that is giving usually is "what is your demographics?"

I would appreciate your input very much so…but even if I do not hear back from you…I urge you to check into the links I have attached…and possibly reach out to these venues!!!!

Thank You for your time…and sending only BEAUTY your way!!!

www.nativeenergy.com

www.americanindiantv.com

www.gaiapod.com

www.nativegreen.com

Now below are all the different venues I already emailed this to:

Confederate Salish & Kootenai Tribes Flathead Reservation http://www.cskt.org/

Three Affiliated Tribes Fort Berthold Reservation http://www.mhanation.com/main/main.html

Shinnecock Indian Nation Shinnecock Reservation http://www.shinnecocknation.com/powwow2004.asp

Lumbee Tribe http://www.lumbeetribe.com/index2.htm

BIA http://www.doi.gov/bureau-indian-affairs.html

Chumash Indian Tribe http://www.chumashindian.com/

Cherokee Nation http://www.cherokee.org/

Peqout Museum http://www.pequotmuseum.org/

..:namespace prefix = st1 ns = "urn:schemas-microsoft-com:office:smarttags" />..:namespace prefix = st1 ns = "urn:schemas-microsoft-com:office:smarttags" />National Museum Of The American Indian http://www.nmai.si.edu/

Native Energy www.nativeenergy.com

American Indian TV www.americanindiantv.com

These still have to be emailed

Go Native America Vacations http://gonativeamerica.homestead.com/LakotaMoon07.html

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

as I return to the mother land

2008-04-28T22:59:49Z

As I return to the motherland I may not be able to post or be online here at tribe...I am arriving to temporary settings (a friend) until I find work.
I want to thank you all for being members and if you wish to get in touch with me check with jerriannlaw a member here and on my friends list
Peace to all.
Kalona

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 2 replies

Cherokee creation from above

2008-04-17T15:38:37Z

The earth is a great island floating in a sea of water, and suspended at each of the four cardinal points by a cord hanging down from the sky vault, which is of solid rock. When the world grows old and worn out, the people will die and the cords will break and let the earth sink down into the ocean, and all will be water again. The Indians are afraid of this.

When all was water, the animals were above in Gälûñ'lätï, beyond the arch; but it was very much crowded, and they were wanting more room. They wondered what was below the water, and at last Dâyuni'sï, "Beaver's Grandchild," the little Water-beetle, offered to go and see if it could learn. It darted in every direction over the surface of the water, but could find no firm place to rest. Then it dived to the bottom and came up with some soft mud, which began to grow and spread on every side until it became the island which we call the earth. It was afterward fastened to the sky with four cords, but no one remembers who did this.

At first the earth was flat and very soft and wet. The animals were anxious to get down, and sent out different birds to see if it was yet dry, but they found no place to alight and came back again to Gälûñ'lätï. At last it seemed to be time, and they sent out the Buzzard and told him to go and make ready for them. This was the Great Buzzard, the father of all the buzzards we see now. He flew all over the earth, low down near the ground, and it was still soft. When he reached the Cherokee country, he was very tired, and his wings began to flap and strike the ground, and wherever they struck the earth there was a valley, and where they turned up again there was a mountain. When the animals above saw this, they were afraid that the whole world would be mountains, so they called him back, but the Cherokee country remains full of mountains to this day.

When the earth was dry and the animals came down, it was still dark, so they got the sun and set it in a track to go every day across the island from east to west, just overhead. It was too hot this way, and Tsiska'gïlï', the Red Crawfish, had his shell scorched a bright red, so that his meat was spoiled; and the Cherokee do not eat it. The conjurers put the sun another hand-breadth higher in the air, but it was still too hot. They raised it another time, and another, until it was seven handbreadths high and just under the sky arch. Then it was right, and they left it so. This is why the conjurers call the highest place Gûlkwâ'gine Di'gälûñ'lätiyûñ', "the seventh height," because it is seven hand-breadths above the earth. Every day the sun goes along under this arch, and returns at night on the upper side to the starting place.

There is another world under this, and it is like ours in everything--animals, plants, and people--save that the seasons are different. The streams that come down from the mountains are the trails by which we reach this underworld, and the springs at their heads are the doorways by which we enter, it, but to do this one must fast and, go to water and have one of the underground people for a guide. We know that the seasons in the underworld are different from ours, because the water in the springs is always warmer in winter and cooler in summer than the outer air.

When the animals and plants were first made--we do not know by whom--they were told to watch and keep awake for seven nights, just as young men now fast and keep awake when they pray to their medicine. They tried to do this, and nearly all were awake through the first night, but the next night several dropped off to sleep, and the third night others were asleep, and then others, until, on the seventh night, of all the animals only the owl, the panther, and one or two more were still awake. To these were given the power to see and to go about in the dark, and to make prey of the birds and animals which must sleep at night. Of the trees only the cedar, the pine, the spruce, the holly, and the laurel were awake to the end, and to them it was given to be always green and to be greatest for medicine, but to the others it was said: "Because you have not endured to the end you shall lose your, hair every winter."

Men came after the animals and plants. At first there were only a brother and sister until he struck her with a fish and told her to multiply, and so it was. In seven days a child was born to her, and thereafter every seven days another, and they increased very fast until there was danger that the world could not keep them. Then it was made that a woman should have only one child in a year, and it has been so ever since.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

T.Please say a prayer for a returning Native to turtle island..Thank you JUJU..and many others

2008-04-16T16:22:18Z

As everyone may or maynot know I am in Sweden, 6 months, things did not turn out. So, I return home to a friends couch..temporarily and job hunt. I am not comming home to a loving supportive family, or a supportive network of friends. I am not even staying in a spiritual home...My friend, bless him, is 15 years ex millitary football watching American man. I will stay with him his son his gorlfriend and 3 kids..he may not be Native, or spiritual, but he has a big enough heart to let me stay and have a roof over my head.
I wish to thank a member and sister for this prayer sent:

as i write you this email I am praying and also adding a call for protection on your trip and arrival here.
May the spirits of all our ancestors and the spirits of light and guides who protect us prevail at this moment in Kalona's life and bring him home safely so that he can be nurtured and supported in his search for healing and going back being his old self again
I pray for protection now for all beings of light to come and help me and take my prayers in the right direction!

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

From the Hopi newsletter

2008-04-15T04:12:36Z

From the Hopi Newsletter:'

The Prophecy of the Hopi from Hopi Elders

"Know your garden" -- Hopi Elders
From the Techqua Ikachi

Newsletter.
The Hopi play a key role in the survival of the human race through their vital communion with the unseen forces that hold nature in balance, as an example of a practical alternative to the suicidal man-made system, and as a fulcrum of world events. The pattern is simple. "The whole world will shake and turn red and turn against those who are hindering the Hopi."
The shield symbol with its four circles in four quadrants means:
"Together with all nations we protect both land and life, and hold the world in balance."

Of all the prophecies I have studied, the simplest and most profound is that of the Hopi (Peace) culture. The Hopi believe that they are the keepers of peace in the world. They are living the way of peace which is the world's salvation before and during the time of purification. The Day of purification does not have to occur, it is up to us the citizens of Earth to avert this day from ever occurring by living the Hopi life of Peace. Below you will find a link to Grandfather Dan's message about the prophecies and a condensed version from the late Chief Katchongva's booklet "From the Beginning of Life to the Day of Purification."

Chief Dan Evehema with Dee See Mana in a Corn Field in Hotevilla Arizona. The Hopi farms grow with an incredible vibrance and produce abundant harvests in the same sandy soil for a thousand years. Do we ask them how they do it? No we send our children to Ag school to learn how to use chemical fertilizers that destroy the environment. Farming is one way to learn from the Hopi how to live the life that the Great Creator gave humans.

Click here to read Chief Dan Evehema's Message to Mankind

PROPHECY

The Hopi play a key role in the survival of the human race through their vital communion with the unseen forces that hold nature in balance, as an example of a practical alternative to the suicidal man-made system, and as a fulcrum of world events. The pattern is simple. "The whole world will shake and turn red and turn against those who are hindering the Hopi."

THE GOURD FULL OF ASHES

Eventually a "gourd full of ashes" would be invented, which if dropped from the sky would boil the oceans and burn the land causing nothing to grow for many years. This would be the sign for a certain Hopi to bring out his teachings in order to warn the world that the third and final event would happen soon. That it could bring an end to all life unless people correct themselves and their leaders in time.
Hopi leaders now believe the first two events were the first and second world ward and the "gourd full of ashes" in the atomic bomb. After the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki teachings formerly kept secret were compared and released to the world. The details presented here are part of those teachings.

THE DAY OF PURIFICATION

The final stage, called "The Great Day of Purification," has been described as a "Mystery Egg" in which the forces of the swastika and the Sun plus a third force symbolized by the color "red" culminate either in total rebirth or total annihilation--we don't know which. But the choice is yours, war and natural catastrophe may be involved. The degree of violence will be determined by the degree of inequity caused among the peoples of the world and in the balance of nature. In this crisis rich and poor will be forced to struggle as equals in order to survive.
That it will be very violent is now almost taken for granted among Traditional Hopi, but man still may lessen the violence by correcting his treatment of nature and fellow man. Ancient spiritually-based communities, such as the Hopi, must especially be preserved and not forced to abandon their wise way of life and the natural resources they have vowed to protect.
The man made system now destroying the Hopi is deeply involved in similar violations throughout the world. The devastating reversal predicted in the prophecies is part of the natural order. If those who thrive from that system, its money and its laws, can manage to stop destroying the Hopi then many may be able to survive the Day of Purification and enter a new age of peace. But if no one is left to continue the Hopi way, then the hope for such an age is in vain.
The forces we must face are formidable, but the only alternative is annihilation. Still the man-made system cannot be corrected by any means that requires one's will to be forced upon another, for that is the source of the problem. If people are to correct themselves and their leaders, the gulf between the two must disappear. To accomplish this one can only rely on the energy of truth itself.
This approach, which is the foundation of the Hopi way of life, is the greatest challenge a mortal can face. Few are likely to accept it. But once peace is established on this basis, and our original way of life is allowed to flourish, we will be able to use our inventive capacity wisely. To encourage rather than threaten life. To benefit everyone rather than giving advantage to a few at the expense of others. Concern for all living things will far surpass personal concerns bringing greater happiness than could formerly be realized. Then all things shall enjoy lasting harmony.
Just what are the Hopi prophetic instructions regarding the United Nations and what constituted fulfillment?
Two misconceptions must be immediately dismissed. The Hopi are not charged with just another appeal for peace, nor do they request membership in the UN. Once more voice added to the chorus of those calling for peace would add little compared to the true significance of what Hopi tradition has to offer the modern world through this forum. When it was suggested that they join the UN the Traditional Hopi--half jokingly--would respond: "No, we're waiting for the UN to join us." Quite literally they are waiting for other nations to return to that way of life which can continue endlessly. Which is the deeper meaning of the name, Hopi. This gives a clue to the profound insight to be found in the Hopi ancestral knowledge. If thoroughly understood, this insight into the forces that shape the modern world would enable those involved in the UN to bring an end to the arms race. The communication effort of the Hopi and the developments that led to the existence of the United Nations are parallel responses to the invention of the atomic bomb. From the Hopi perspective these two efforts ought to enhance each other for the benefit of the entire world.
Centuries before the arms race began the alternative to war was being put into practice by migrating societies who slowly formed a spiritual political union at Oraibi, the oldest continuously inhabited village in the western hemisphere. To the Hopi, the UN has great significance within this pattern.
Two monumental cultural factors have prevented the european immigrants from recognizing this process of widespread unification: The presumption of racial superiority and the need to conquer and convert. And a recent tendency to discredit all knowledge which does not stand the test of scientific thought. The Hopi insist that the coming of the light-skinned race, the invention of the atomic bomb and the development of the UN were anticipated by their ancestral prophetic instructions to be fulfilled by the Hopi, they must make four attempts to gain a genuine hearing on the subject of their teachings and on the efforts of the USA to eliminate their original form of government. If unsuccessful, a rare opportunity will be missed which would ultimately result in the elimination of all human life on earth.
The basic premise is that humans can not simply make their own laws and enforce them with weapons without regard to natural order. The very means of enforcement violates that order, causing precisely the suicidal situation now faced today. Lest the Hopi be accused of being overly ethnocentric, they point out that all peoples once practiced the same alternative to war and the Hopi simply call out to a return to our common heritage before it is too late. "Perfect Consideration" could eliminate all war. "A Perfect Consideration" must overcome all obstacles, both in the modern political sense and in the seriously disrupted organization of Traditional Hopi government. These difficulties can be overcome. To many, there is saving grace in the pieces of the broken vessel of Hopi culture, in the person of a few elders who still refuse to abandon their traditions, their understandings and their hopes for a truly peaceful world for now and generations to come. In them lies a great hope for peace!!

Armageddon This is a prophecy related to the Biblical version of "Armageddon" which may yet come to pass. This prophecy goes on to say that the time will come when common people will become concerned and frustrated because they no longer can live with their hectic world. They will be particularly against the bloodthirsty policies and the deceitfulness of world leaders. The unrest will be world wide as they foresee that the hope of living in peace has become hopeless. The world over the common man will band together to fight for world peace. They will realize that their leaders have failed in accomplishing peace. People in high places will be hunted down like animals, perhaps through terrorism. In turn leaders will retaliate and begin hunting each other. This condition will gather strength and spread far and wide. It will get out of control the world over.
The liberators will come in from the west with great force. They will drop down from the sky like rain. They will have no mercy. We must not get on the house tops to watch. They will shake us by our ears, like children who have been bad. This will be the final decisive battle between good and evil. This battle will cleanse the heart of people and restore our mother earth from illness and the wicked will be got rid of.
The prophets dare say a peaceful new world order will be drawn in Hopi land. The people will live under one God and leader. We will speak one language, the Hopi. The earth will bloom again.
If this fails to materialize our Great Creator through nature will do the task according to their plans. It could be total destruction in any form. Only brother and sister will survive to begin a new way of life.
This prophecy is frightening and doubtful. Perhaps it is of no value to most people, but we can wait and see if it will become true.
May Peace and Love prevail
Long live life on Earth
Long live the Revolution of the One Heart!

TOP

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

from an anonomous chief

2008-04-10T18:19:10Z

so many today ... especially the wanna-bees and even our own people sometimes ... state that
this and that was traditional ... well ... not one of us lived how it was 100 or 200 or 300 or 400 or 700 years ago. some things we will never know how our ancestors lived and what they allowed ... and not all indians in north america did everything all the same ... like the history books seem to wanna generalize everything about indians and paint us all with one brush. i'm a native elder born and raised in our traditions and customs and superstitions ... and what we allow as our traditions the blackfoot indians in montana (and i lived up there once and hung around with a few breaking horses) they may have never heard off how we did things where i come from. and that is ok by all means. i do not follow much of the traditions of others natives or of this indian or that indian ... i follow what our native elders generational ancestors left us from one generation to the next. and it was a good life and it's still a good life (except that there are more drugs and alcohol though now-a-days in our indian communities). but now-a-days there are also so so so so so much invented and made up traditions and so many saying this and that on how it was among indians ... hum-bug ... each tribe and each community and even each clan had ways and practices known to them and yet not known to others ... the problems with wanna-bees and those like them is sorta this (but not all of them i suppose is like that) they have no indian community that they were born and raised into living or experiences the indian community... yet they seem to want more than us and they seem to have all the answers that are most times an invented this and that ... i simply leave them alone and practice what i was taught and help anyone when i can ... and i sleep good at night, also hoping that we all are able to still get along somehow with each other

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

from an anonomous chief

2008-04-10T18:18:12Z

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

The Mystery of the Anasazi from a member

2008-04-08T17:38:59Z

Nanc...
Nanci~Little Shield
offline 42
Re: The Mystery of the Anasazi
Today, 8:07 AM
www.nytimes.com/2008/04/08...nasazi.html
www.nytimes.com/2008/04/08...nasazi.html

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

very very very important to read and pass on to Native americans via e-mail or tribe

2008-04-07T12:43:52Z

AMERICAN INDIAN POINT OF VIEW ON RACISM: 40 YEARS AFTER MLK, ENOUGH IS ENOUGH

The North Carolina Commission of Indian Affairs chairman, Paul Brooks, issued the following statement today regarding the racially charged comments made on the April 1st airing of Raleigh’s G105 radio station “Bob and the Showgram.” The show is a production of Clear Channel Communications Corporation.

We are outraged with a public presentation of racially degrading and inflammatory comments similar to those by the “Don Imus Show” that infuriated the American public. On the 40th anniversary of Martin Luther King’s assassination the world remembers and reviews advances made in American society by diverse ethnic groups to overcome racial disparities. Incidents such as these by media personalities on G105 evidence that the institution of racism is ever present, and demands redress and response by corporate America and government.

As leaders of North Carolina’s American Indian tribes, we will not tolerate the divisive and inflammatory statements made by radio talk show hosts Bob Dumas, Mike Morse, Kentucky Kristin, and intern Chelsea Prior, on Tuesday April 1, 2008. “Bob and the Showgram” have a history of controversial broadcast and have had subsequent disciplinary action, apparently to no avail. The North Carolina Commission of Indian Affairs will not tolerate this type of degradation towards American Indians, and demands the immediate termination of the radio talk show host, co-hosts, and the executive producer of this show. The Commission also calls for the Federal Communications Commission to investigate Clear Channel Communications Corporation and examine Clear Channel’s history, tolerance, and promotion of this type of inflammatory and reprehensible programming.

The statements made by these media personalities are not part of an isolated incident, however, this show reflects derogatory and insultuous comments against American Indians, African Americans, Asians, and Hispanics. G105’s “Bob and the Showgram’s” remarks triggered an uproar by American Indians in North Carolina, due to its direct targeting of the Lumbee Indian Tribe, the largest American Indian tribe east of the Mississippi River.

Statements such as, “Indians are lazy…,” “Lumbees are in-bred…,” and references to Pocahontas as “Poca-Ho-tas” and Sacajawea as “Sacacooter” are slanderous and insulting to all American Indians, as well as the descendants and families of these two great historic American Indian women. The dialogue referring to a “teepee warming party” demonstrates that these individuals have no knowledge of North Carolina American Indian tribes and cultures. Such statements are further indicative of these individuals’ insensitivity, gross ignorance, and blatant bigotry against American Indians across this great nation.

The North Carolina Commission of Indian Affairs calls for all local, state, national, and tribal officials to condemn such programming on the public airwaves.

This press release was issued by Paul Brooks, Chairman for the North Carolina Commission of Indian Affairs. Please distribute widely.

Rebekah Revels
Administrative Secretary
NC Commission of Indian Affairs
100 Six Forks Road
Suite 201
Raleigh NC 27609
919-789-5900

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

along the lines of Hopi Prophecies

2008-04-03T13:44:56Z

Koyaanisqatsi: Life out of Balance is a 1982 film directed by Godfrey Reggio with music composed by minimalist composerPhilip Glass and cinematography by Ron Fricke.
The film consists primarily of slow motion and time-lapse photography of cities and natural landscapes across the United States. The visual tone poem contains neither dialogue nor a vocalized narration: its tone is set by the juxtaposition of images and music. In the Hopi language, the word Koyaanisqatsi means 'crazy life, life in turmoil, life out of balance, life disintegrating, a state of life that calls for another way of living', and the film implies that modern humanity is living in such a way.
The film is the first in the Qatsi trilogy of films: it is followed by Powaqqatsi (1988) and Naqoyqatsi (2002). The trilogy depicts different aspects of the relationship between humans, nature, and technology. Koyaanisqatsi is the best known of the trilogyand is considered a cult film. However, due to copyright issues, the film was out of print for most of the 1990s.[1]
Contents
[hide]

* 1 Synopsis
* 2 Music
* 3 Meaning
* 4 Releases
* 5 Acclaim
* 6 Legacy
* 7 Influence
* 8 References
* 9 See also
* 10 External links

[edit]Synopsis
The film contains several cinematic sequences accompanied by recurring musical themes. The chapters on the KoyaanisqatsiDVD are separated and named by the titles of the musical sections.
The first image in the film is of a Fremont Indian pictogram located in The Great Gallery of Horseshoe Canyon, part ofCanyonlands National Park, Utah. The section shown depicts several tall darkly-shadowed figures standing near a taller figure adorned with a crown. The next image is a close-up of the Saturn V rocket from the Apollo 12 mission during lift off. The film fades into a shot of a desolate desert landscape. The large skylight arch depicted a few scenes later is a formation called Paul Bunyan's Potty in the Needles District of Canyonlands. From there, it progresses to footage of various natural environmental phenomena such as waves and cloud formations ("Organic").
The film's introduction to human involvement in the environment is subtle: a low aerial shot of choppy water cuts to a similar shot of rows of cultivated flowers. After aerial views of monumental rock formations partly drowned by the backed up waters ofLake Powell, we see a large mining truck causing billows of black dust in the chapter titled "Resource". This is followed by shots of power lines in the desert. Man's continued involvement in the environment is depicted through images of mining operations, overhead shots of power plants, Glen Canyon Dam (not Hoover Dam as Navajo Bridge is visible) and stock footageof atomic bomb detonations in the Nevada desert.
The sequence entitled "Vessels" contains the film's longest single take: a three minute and thirty-two second long shot of twoUnited Airlines commercial passenger Boeing 747s taxiing on a runway. "Vessels" also contains shots of traffic patterns duringrush hour on a Los Angeles freeway and a shot of a large parking lot. This is followed with stock footage of soviet tanks lined up in rows and a B-1 Lancer military aircraft.[2]
The juxtaposition of humans and nature is seen again in the chapter "Cloudscape". The time-lapse photography of shadows of clouds is seen moving across the skyscrapers in New York City.
The sequence "Pruitt-Igoe" contains shots of various housing projects in disrepair, and includes footage of the decay and demolition of the Pruitt-Igoe housing project. The housing project was known for its modernist design, but fell into immediate disrepair. The sequence ends with stock footage of the destruction of large buildings and a shot of a television set being blown up.
A sequence known as "Slow People" begins with a time-lapse shot of a crowd of people who appear to be waiting in a line. This is followed by shots of people walking along the streets of New York City shot with slow motion photography.
"The Grid" is the film's longest sequence, roughly 22 minutes in length. The cinematic theme of this sequence is the speed of modern life. The sequence begins with shots of buildings and a shot of a sunset reflected in the glass of a skyscraper. The sequence is characterized by its use of time lapse photography of the activity of modern life, taking events typically shot at normal speed and accelerating them. The events captured in this sequence involve people interacting with modern technology. The first shots are traffic patterns as seen from skyscrapers at night. This is followed by the film's iconic shot of the moon passing behind a skyscraper. The next shots are closer shots of cars on highway. The sun rises over the city and we see shots of people hurrying to work. The film shows at regular speed the operation of machines packaging Oscar Mayer bologna. People are shown sorting mail, sewing jeans, manufacturing televisions and doing other jobs with the use of modern technology. A shot of hot dogs being sent down rows of conveyers is followed by a shot of people moving up escalators. The frenetic speed and pace of the cuts and background music do not slow as shots of modern leisure are shown. People eat, play, shop and work at the same speed. The sequence begins to come full circle as the manufacturing of automobiles in an assembly line factory is shown.
Screenshot from Koyaanisqatsi.
Screenshot from Koyaanisqatsi.
More shots of highway traffic are shown, this time in daylight. The film shows the movement of cars, shopping carts,Twinkies, and televisions on an assembly line, and elevators moving from first person perspective. These shots include cars along the Embarcadero Freeway in San Francisco (later demolished due to damage from the 1989 earthquake), and people on escalators in New York's Grand Central Terminal and the PATH station below the World Trade Center. The film then shows clips from various television shows being channel surfed in fast motion. Clips include a car crash, newscasts moving so fast that the anchors' faces are blurred, football games, and flashes of television advertisements. The film then shows a man and two different couples reacting to being filmed on the street in slow motion photography. Some of the pedestrians appear indifferent to being filmed, others appear irritated, and one man looks confused about being filmed. The sequence then shows cars moving much faster than they were moving before. Both the sequence and the music end without resolution, either cinematic or musical.
"Microchips" juxtaposes pictures of microchips and satellite photography of metropolitan cities, making an obvious comparison between their layouts.
"Prophecies" shows various shots of people from all walks of modern life, from beggars to debutantes. A scene of firefighters moving along a smoky street was shot during the aftermath of the riots after the New York City blackout of 1977.
"Ending" shows stock footage of a modified and unpiloted Atlas rocket from the Mercury program from the early 1960s. The rocket blows up shortly after lift off (many viewers mistakenly assume it to be the space shuttle Challenger, the destruction of which occurred three years after the movie's release). The footage follows the flaming rocket engine as it plummets to earth. The film comes full circle with a shot of a different portion of The Great Gallery pictograph. It is similar to the first shot, but with no darkly shadowed figures.
[edit]Music
Koyaanisqatsi
Koyaanisqatsi cover
Soundtrack by Philip Glass
Released 1983
Genre Soundtrack, film score,contemporary classical,Minimalism
Length 46:25
Label Antilles/Island
Producer Kurt Munkacsi & Philip Glass
Professional reviews

* All Music Guide 5/5 stars link
* Rolling Stone 3/5 stars 1983-12-08

Philip Glass chronology
Glassworks
(1982) Koyaanisqatsi
(1983) The Photographer
(1983)
Koyaanisqatsi (1998 re-recording)
Koyaanisqatsi (1998 re-recording)
Reggio was intent on Philip Glass producing the score. He approached Glass through a mutual friend, and Glass replied, "I don't do film music." Reggio persisted, until he gained a meeting with Glass who nevertheless declined. Determined, Reggio put together a photo montage with Glass' music as the soundtrack, which he presented to Glass at a private screening in New York. Immediately following this, Glass agreed to score the film.[citation needed] It became his first commercial success, and Glass would later score the other two films in the Qatsi trilogy. Glass had to create a 'music of nature' as well as a 'music of technology'.[citation needed] The opening for "The Grid" is characterized by slow sustained notes on brass instruments. The music builds in speed and dynamics throughout the piece's 21 minutes. When the piece is at its fastest, it is characterized by a synthesizer playing the piece's bass line ostinato.
The film's soundtrack by Glass was released in 1983, after the release of the film. Despite the fact that the amount of music in the film was almost as long as the film itself, the soundtrack release was only 46 minutes long, and only featured selections from the film's pieces. In 1998, Glass re-recorded the album through Nonesuch Records with a length of 73 minutes, 21 seconds. The re-recording of the album featured two additional tracks from the film, as well as extended versions of previous tracks from the original album. The album was released as a Philip Glass album titled Koyaanisqatsi, rather than a soundtrack to the film. The music has become so popular, that the Philip Glass Ensemble has toured the world, playing the music for Koyaanisqatsi live in front of the movie screen.
Track listing:

1. "Koyaanisqatsi" – 3:30
2. "Vessels" – 8:06
3. "Cloudscape" – 4:39
4. "Pruit Igoe" [sic] – 7:04
5. "The Grid" – 14:56
6. "Prophecies" – 8:10

Re-recording track listing (1998):

1. "Koyaanisqatsi" – 3:28
2. "Organic" – 7:43
3. "Cloudscape" [sic] – 4:34
4. "Resource" – 6:39
5. "Vessels" [sic] – 8:05
6. "Pruit Igoe" [sic] – 7:53
7. "The Grid" [sic] – 21:23
8. "Prophecies" – 13:36

[edit]Meaning
In a short documentary about the film, Essence of Life (included in the 2002 DVD release), Reggio states that the Qatsifilms are intended to simply create an experience and that "it is up [to] the viewer to take for herself what it is that [the film] means." Reggio said in Essence of Life "these films have never been about the effect of technology, of industry on people. It's been that everyone: politics, education, things of the financial structure, the nation state structure, language, the culture, religion, all of that exists within the host of technology. So it's not the effect of it's that everything exists within [technology]. It's not that we use technology, we live technology. Technology has become as ubiquitous as the air we breathe..."
The movie has no dialogue but does feature the Hopi word koyaanisqatsi, translated as "life of moral corruption and turmoil" or "life out of balance." "Koyaanisqatsi" is chanted at the beginning and end of the film in a dark, sepulchral basso profundo by singer Albert de Ruiter over the score by Philip Glass. Three Hopi prophecies are sung by a choral ensemble over the film's final few minutes and are translated just prior to the end credits:

* "If we dig precious things from the land, we will invite disaster."
* "Near the day of Purification, there will be cobwebs spun back and forth in the sky."
* "A container of ashes might one day be thrown from the sky, which could burn the land and boil the oceans."

The film took about six years to make. Three years were spent shooting the film. Glass and Reggio spent an additional three years in a state of collaboration, with Glass composing score to fit the film and Reggio re-cutting the footage to fit the score.
At the end of the film, the movie credits for inspiration Jacques Ellul, Ivan Illich, David Monongye, Guy Debord and Leopold Kohr. Moreover, amongst the consultants to the director we can find names as Jeffrey Lew, T.A. Price, Belle Carpenter, Langdon Winner, Cybelle Carpenter and Barbara Pecarich.
[edit]Releases
Cover of the MGM DVD release of Koyaanisqatsi.
Cover of the MGM DVD release of Koyaanisqatsi.
Out of print for over a decade, Koyaanisqatsi was re-released on DVD in late 2002. Much of the reason for the film's disappearance from the market centered around a complicated rights and royalties dispute. Reggio's Institute for Regional Education owns the originalcopyright on the film. The film had originally been licensed and distributed through Island Entertainment/Palm Pictures, which had subsequently been sold to PolyGram - and after the dissolution of PolyGram Pictures, the entire PolyGram film library had been sold toMetro-Goldwyn Mayer. As there had been many accounting departments for these several entities involved, calculations and payments of royalties to the film makers had not been made. IRE brought suit and released an independently-financed DVD production of the film to raise money for the legal costs. This DVD is in a full-frame 4:3 format. MGM and IRE reached an agreement allowing for the current mass-market version through MGM.
[edit]Acclaim
The film won the "Francis Ford Coppola Presents" endorsement at the 1982 New York Film Festival, and Coppola is now credited as anexecutive producer. In an interview, Godfrey Reggio says "...[Coppola] would like to do everything possible to make this available to the public, so he put his name on it".[3] In 2000, Koyaanisqatsi was selected for preservation in the United States National Film Registry by the Library of Congress as being "culturally, historically, or aesthetically significant".
[edit]Legacy
Koyaanisqatsi is followed by the sequels Powaqqatsi and Naqoyqatsi and the shorts Anima Mundi and Evidence. Naqoyqatsi was completed after a lengthy delay caused by funding problems and premiered in the United States on October 18, 2002. [1]
The film's cinematographer, Ron Fricke, went on to direct Baraka, a pure cinema movie which is often compared to Koyaanisqatsi.
[edit]Influence

* The chanted koyaanisqatsi lyric was parodied in the P. D. Q. Bach piece Prelude to Einstein on the Fritz, being replaced with the lyric Coy Hotsy-Totsy.
* The Simpsons parodied Koyaanisqatsi in the episode "Hello Gutter, Hello Fadder". There is a fast-motion sequence when Homer oversleeps, accompanied by music very similar to that in the film.
* In The Simpsons episode "Million Dollar Abie" a time-lapse sequence with Koyaanisqatsi-like music is used to show the passage of 24 hours at the Springfield Retirement Castle.
* In the digital audio workstation software Digital Performer, a reverberation plugin contains a stored preset named Koyaanisqatsi.
* The first trailer for the 2008 video game Grand Theft Auto IV showed fast motion time lapse footage of the fictional Liberty City using the opening and closing measures from the Pruit Igoe music track.
* Featured in the Season 5 "My New God" and "My Chopped Liver" episodes of Scrubs, whenever the Janitor gives the "evil eye".
* The computer game musician Rob Hubbard referenced parts of the Koyaanisqatsi score in his music for the Commodore 64 game Delta.
* A sample of Koyaanisqatsi appears in an Herbie Hancock track of The Official Music of the 1984 Games, though Philip Glass also contributes with a piece of his own.
* A cover of the opening of Koyaanisqatsi appears on Awaken's album Party in Lyceum's Toilets.

[edit]References

1. ^ Koyaanisqatsi
2. ^ B1A Lancer bomber - from the film Koyaanisqatsi
3. ^ INTERVIEW: Lone Giant: Godfrey Reggio's "Naqoyqatsi""

[edit]See also

* Powaqqatsi
* Naqoyqatsi
* Qatsi trilogy
* Baraka (film)

Get the MapQuest Toolbar, Maps, Traffic, Directions & More!

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

more from Michele Black Elk

2008-03-21T13:33:43Z

Black Elk...additional words.....(Shielding Tree) Message Then I was standing on the highest mountain of them all, and round about beneath me was the whole hoop of the world. And while I stood there I saw more than I can tell and I understood more than I saw; for I was seeing in a sacred manner the shapes of all things in the spirit, and the shape of all shapes as they must live together like one being.

And I say the sacred hoop of my people was one of the many hoops that made one circle, wide as daylight and as starlight, and in the center grew one mighty flowering tree to shelter all the children of one mother and one father. And I saw that it was holy...

But anywhere is the center of the world.

Black Elk

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

8,000 DRUMS

2008-03-20T12:22:59Z

forwarded message:, written by Thunderbeat:
"Aho Everyone! I was contacted by my friend Gilles Novaks who is a Montagnais Indian from Montreal. He is a Medicine Man and a Healer. He asked me to get as many Tribal people to participate in a worldwide ceremony called the "8,000 Drums". "He was contacted by two Huron Clan Grandmothers from up there in Canada and they asked him to help spread the word to all Indians everwhere. It will take place on March 21, 2008 at 12:00 noon MEXICO TIME!! Which is Central time. "All you need to do is play a drum any kind of drum either alone, or with a group or have the whole Tribe participate. The purpose is to fulfill the OTOMI PROPHECY. The Otomi's are Mayan Olmec and Toltec descendants. The drums will be played so that the Creator will hear us and grant our wishes as we pray for help in the Healing Process of our Mother Earth." READ MORE:http://www.indigenousuniversity.org/sacred_drums.htm

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 2 replies

Black Elk from my friend Michele

2008-03-20T12:21:13Z

Grandfather, Lean to hear me.....Black Elk Message Grandfather, Great Spirit, once more behold
me on earth and lean to hear my feeble voice.
You lived first, and you are older than all need,
older than all prayer. All things belong to you
-- the two-legged, the four-legged, the wings
of the air, and all green things that live.

You have set the powers of the four quarters
of the earth to cross each other. You have made
me cross the good road and road of difficulties, and
where they cross, the place is holy. Day in, day out,
forevermore, you are the life of things.

Hey! Lean to hear my feeble voice.
At the center of the sacred hoop
You have said that I should make the tree to bloom.

With tears running, O Great Spirit, my Grandfather,
With running eyes I must say
The tree has never bloomed

Here I stand, and the tree is withered.
Again, I recall the great vision you gave me.

It may be that some little root of the sacred tree still lives.
Nourish it then
That it may leaf
And bloom
And fill with singing birds!

Hear me, that the people may once again
Find the good road
And the shielding tree.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

MARIRI MAGAZINE SITE THE VOICE OF THE FOREST

2008-03-16T21:07:05Z

Together with survival org. this is also an authentic site that represents and supports the voice of all the amazonian nations in south america please support even if by only reading it and keeping updated with events.

http://www.mariri.net/content/view/16/1/

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

native events and a healing if you can afford it

2008-03-16T16:01:58Z

The interesting part at the bottom to me is "
The registration fee is $100." this is for healing..and those that need healing the most don't have 100 dollars...isn't that sad?
Pow-Wow Opportunity Announcement

Title: Harvard University 13th Annual Pow-Wow
Pow-Wow Date(s): Saturday, May 3, 2008
Location: TBA
Phone: 617-495-4923

Day Money & Dinner for All Registered Dancers
FREE Admission

Host Drum: TBA
Special Invite Drum: TBA
MC: Dale Old Horn (Crow)
Head Lady Dancer: Tiffany Smalley (Wampanoag)
Head Man Dancer: Tobias Vanderhoop (Wampanoag)

Other Announcements

Conference Opportunity Announcement

Title: Warrior Spirit Conference “Tribute to Crazy Horse”
Conference Date(s): April 24 & 25, 2008
Location: Albuquerque, New Mexico
Website: http://www.goodmedicine12.orrg

The purpose of the Warrior Spirit Conference is to bring together American Indian mental health and traditional practitioners to share intervention strategies working in American Indian communities that promote mental, physical, spiritual and psychological wellness. The Warrior Spirit Conference is about helping and healing Indian Nation.

CONTACT:
Native Wholistic Specialists, Inc.
P.O. Box 3297—Window Rock, AZ 86515—Tel. 928-871-5726
E-mail: goodmedicine12@yahoo.com—Website: http://www.goodmedicine12.org

Conference Opportunity Announcement
Title: White Bison’s 7th Annual Wellbriety Conference, Minneapolis, MN
Conference Date(s): April 17-19, 2008
Website: http://www.whitebison.org
Phone: 877-871-1495.

This year's conference is entitled Healing the Hurts: The Youth and Families Speak (Understanding the Power of Forgiveness).

Our conference will focus on giving participants the opportunity to explore the issues surrounding intergenerational trauma and develop skills and gain resources that will help them to work towards individual and community healing.

The registration fee is $100.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

please respond to posts here instead of e-mailing or messaging me on tribe..about 8000 drums

2008-03-14T13:36:51Z

Subject Re: 8000 Drums Message Thanks for posting that! I have a lot of deep respect for genuine indigenous traditions, but not much for flaky New Age invocations of lost tribes, lost continents, and lost extraterrestrials.

I got really suspicious of this posting because of the "prophesy" thing and because of claims that the Otomí are descendants of the Maya. They're not. The Otomí language is from an entirely different family than the Mayan languages. It's not even closely related.

en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Otomi_people

en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Otomi_language

There are lots of good reasons for drumming and healing the environment, but I'd rather do so without promoting New Age "philosophy". One of my own pet peeves is Mayanism:

en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mayanism

The true indigenous traditions of living Mayas are getting swamped with this nonsense. As has been true for a while, New Age gurus and "visionaries" are making big bucks while native people are still struggling just to stay alive and feed their kids. I have a feeling we're on the same page on this issue.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

calling drummers...from a friend

2008-03-14T13:35:41Z

PLEASE DO YOUR PART AND FORWARD TO ALL OF OUR RED NATIONS...SUPPORT ALL OF OUR BROTHERS AND SISTERS...LET US STAND TOGETHER AS ONE PROUD UNITED NATION!

Passing along the word to bring healing for our Mother Earth
This special event will take place 12 noon EST. It is also a full moon that day and spring equinox is March 20, 2008 (eg. if you are on the west coast, your time will be 10am this will be your time to be aligned with us here in EST etc. etc.)

8,000 DRUMS on March 21
at noon

HELLO, GREETINGS, ANIIN, TANSI, HAN, HAKODA!!

Darlene Courchene was contacted by my friend Gilles Novaks who is a Montagnais Indian from Montreal. He is a Medicine Man and a Healer. He asked me to get as many Tribal people to participate in a worldwide ceremony called the "8,000 Drums". He was contacted by two Huron Clan Grandmothers from up there in Canada and they asked him to help spread the word to all Indians everywhere. It will take place on March 21, 2008 at 12:00 noon . All you need to do is play a drum either alone, or with a group or have the whole Tribe participate. The purpose is to fulfill the OTOMI PROPHECY. The Otomi's are Mayan Olmec and Toltec descendants. The drums will be played so that the Creator will hear us and grant our wishes as we pray for help in the Healing Process of our Mother Earth. …[P]eople are destroying Her and our Mother Earth needs our prayers. Thank you. Ewo-wox-co-dah-wa.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 2 replies

from a concerned memeber what do you think?

2008-03-13T14:35:47Z

"The purpose is to fulfill the OTOMI PROPHECY."

I don't mean any disrespect, I'm just curious. Is the call for 8000 drums that's going aroung the real deal or something to promote a new film about 2012?

http://www.timeofthesixthsun.com

According to this web page, the 8000 drum ceremony and fulfillment of the Otomi Prophecy already happened in 2004:

"When this blanket call to the world was sent out in 2004 by the Otomi Nation of People in Mexico, it was picked up by Film Director and Sound Healer, Nikki Williams. With initial seed funding, Nikki and a small crew found themselves in Mexico filming the ceremony. It was the start of an incredible & synchronistic journey.

"On 21st March 2004, the Otomi Prophecy of 8000 Drums was indeed fulfilled."

It comes as part of the "DVD Bonus Features" with the film.

http://www.timeofthesixthsun.com/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=46&Itemid=53

The intent is no doubt a good one, but it's getting harder to tell what's real and what's New Age these days. Maybe it doesn't matter.

Here's a link to the film trailer:

http://www.timeofthesixthsun.com/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=26&Itemid=39

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

share your tribes stories

2008-03-12T14:17:09Z

I am interested in creation stories from different tribes and nations can anyone share their history of creation stories

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 3 replies

FBI Misconduct on Pine Ridge

2008-03-12T14:15:47Z

A friend from tribe, Electric Brave (thank you) published this on his blog, it is so very important for us all now and always!!!!
To: The Judiciary Committee, U.S. House of Representatives, U.S. Congress

www.petitiononline.com/balpsg...on.html

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

8000 Drums March21st 2008 at Noon

2008-03-08T17:45:41Z

8,000 DRUMS on March 21
at noon

HELLO, GREETINGS, ANIIN, TANSI, HAN, HAKODA!!
Darlene Courchene was contacted by my friend Gilles Novaks who is a Montagnais Indian from Montreal. He is a Medicine Man and a Healer. He asked me to get as many Tribal people to participate in a worldwide ceremony called the "8,000 Drums". He was contacted by two Huron Clan Grandmothers from up there in Canada and they asked him to help spread the word to all Indians everywhere. It will take place on March 21, 2008 at 12:00 noon . All you need to do is play a drum either alone, or with a group or have the whole Tribe participate. The purpose is to fulfill the OTOMI PROPHECY. The Otomi's are Mayan Olmec and Toltec descendants. The drums will be played so that the Creator will hear us and grant our wishes as we pray for help in the Healing Process of our Mother Earth. …[P]eople are destroying Her and our Mother Earth needs our prayers. Thank you. Ewo-wox-co-dah-wa.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

your help is needed

2008-03-06T14:39:55Z

Ok….This Cree needs some help…so I am relying on YOU…warriors, brothers and sistahs…;-) to reach into your brainbox and give me some feedback….

We are on the threshold of revolutionizing Media, TV and Radio by attempting to literally be bringing the first independently owned NDN Production Company to the planet…with live broadcast, podcast, music, independent film making and Tribal news casting…we are at the moment sitting on an incredible script…that literally has the potential to ROCK the HELL out of this country, with regards to NDN movie making…

we want to keep “white” Americas, hands out of the production period ( as to funding since we will not accept a change in Production / Owner terms…it will BE American Indian period ) …that said…we need everyone to pull together to come up with the Budget to pull this off,

NOW I have never been known to sugar coat things in the past and wont start now…the Budget is set at $3 Million….can we as a people pull this off I think we can, can we do this and within this create jobs for NDNS, better living conditions, and also bring GLOBAL awareness THAT WE ARE VERY MUCH THE FOUNDATION OF THIS COUNTRY…and no longer have to be looked for, in the lost and found… that our planet is dying, and our resources are being stripped to a bare cold nothingness…I belief that we can shift awareness and this with all my heart as a NDN Woman, Mother and Caregiver to the Tribe!!!

NATV has done a incredible job so far…yet…we want to rock Hollywood…back into reality…of what it means to TRULY be NDN NOW…not some glorified version of some white mans version / interpretation or what have you of what “we” are or were for that matter…Dances with Wolves….NO….of course there are a few movies out here that did hit home a bit…but still, realizing when we turn on our TV sets at night that we are not represented within the media pool at all is and has been getting on my last nerve…I mean honestly, when is the last time you seen a sitcom on a NDN family ( now picture that…YES I want you to Visualize )…and it being shown nightly…TRY NEVER and no George Lopez does not count nor is he NDN ! We just don’t have any representation at all on Nat’l TV, this needs to change.

Don’t you want your kids to see that…I do…why is it that we have pretty much every ethnic group covered in some way or another…( uhhmmm we even have Japanese TV ) what are we still invisible…shadow walkers for sure ?…WE can change this…but like everything it does take funding, dedication and us as a people pulling together…the monies generated thru independent film making and NDN media…can be channeled to do so much good…and then pool into other aspects of marketing, … a people that will remain strong in their culture, vision and resolve to not feed into the glamour after it is all said and done…we have some already great and famous actors…but truthfully, has that changed TV or how the world knows us and learns of and from us???? NO

Now at the bottom of this RANT…is a link…that will guide you to who you need to get contact with, if you;

A: Understand, agree and identify

B: Want to help

C: are willing to go all out to get this done

D: feel it within your spirit to bring this to life…FOR THE GENERATIONS THAT FOLLOW US!

Life starts with on breath…and it ends the same way….maybe it is time for some synchronized breathing ayeeeeee

Get the word, out email to the link I will provide or even myself, for questions etc…and for those of you that have influence, or your own Business…REALLY help…we need this…we want to see American Indian Television…we want to see American Indian, produced, directed, filmed, acted and BRANDED…on the Big Screen and on Television…and don’t allow anyone to say this…WE ARE NOT ENOUGH OF A DEMOCRAPHIC…Hell last I checked this soil is still Turtle Island…THERE IS YOUR DEMOCRAPHIC …

The vision is alive and well…we just need to readjust the lens so that the WORLD may see us!

Contact me…and def. contact the people on the link below…and let’s take it to the next much needed phase!

Also KNOW that we are doing this completely earth friendly…Mama is first and foremost on our mind within the music and also any type of broadcast and production…when you visit the link be sure to check out everything, THIS IS NATIVE AMERICA IN THE MAKING…our ways re organized and implemented. All efforts, help and suggestions are much appreciated…may the Great Spirit guide your hearts as it did ours to this point!!! AHO

http://gaiapod.com/

PS.and on a side note…( which you know I have to go there ) NAHEO…meaning;

Never lose your NDN…

Your One and Only crazy Cree

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

The 13 Indigenous Grand Mothers Speak

2008-03-05T13:47:24Z

The 13 Indigenous Grand Mothers Speak (5:44 Minutes)
http://www.youtube.com:80/watch?v=GKGXpK8LXR4&feature=related

Grand Mother Drum Global Heart (6:04 Minutes)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h7n6LQfNAhQ&feature=related

Grand Mother Drum White Eagle (2:43 Minutes)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iO66TQlY7Ok&feature=related

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

« The Eagle & Condor Nations ... | main | Who wants to be a conferenc... »

2008-03-03T22:32:13Z

« The Eagle & Condor Nations ... | main | Who wants to be a conferenc... »
' WHY THE 7TH GENERATION MUST RISE TO POWER NOW! ' Mon, February 25, 2008 - 3:21 PM

' WHY THE 7TH GENERATION MUST RISE TO POWER NOW! '
BY MIKE RACCOON EYES

Greeting Cousins,

As you know for the past number of months I have writing and speaking at townhall meetings in Indian Country about the supporting the students at D.Q.
University and the issues surrounding what has been happening there.

The youth and young adults at D.Q. are in effect the current 7th Generation that attempting to rise to power in their dreams, visions and aspirations while they are being brutally denied the education, and being violated their national and international Human and Civil Rights.

The 7th Generation is trying to find their place in the 21st Century Indian Country.

As the Honorable former Principal Chief Wilma Mankiller, has stated time and time again; each generation of Native people and Nations must re-invent themselves in better order to meet the challenges of that era or generation they are in.

And the young people at D.Q are no different or an exception to the rule.

These young people are on the NEW FRONTLINES OF MORE HUMAN AND CIVIL RIGHTS FOR INDIAN COUNTRY. THEY ARE DIRECTLY IN THE FIRING LINE OF THE 'NEW INDIAN WARS '.

Devon A. Mihesuah, a Choctaw professor of History at North Arizona University in Flagstaff has a bok she has written entitled-
'American Indians-Sterotypes and Realities'

In her book she states, " Unemployment is rampant on the reservations. There is almost no private sector jobs, and those on the reservations must depend on the BIA, the tribal government or health services for jobs."

Professor Mihesuah again cites: " The number of Indian youth is increasing, yet they have the lowest rates of high school graduation."

"Many factors contribute to Indian students difficulties in school, including lack of cultural understanding and language differences between teacher and student, lack of parental involvement, and the cultural conflict between what is taught in the public schools compared to what the child learns at home."

"Another factor is children often have to travel significant distances to attend school."

She again cites, " Many federally funded schools operated by the BIA have inadequate textbooks, deteriorating dormitories, mismanaged funds, and underpaid and improperly certified teachers."

Given these overwhelming barriers that Indian youth and young adults face to get a basic high school education, we in Indian Country must view the students of D.Q. University as the new vanguard of leadership of the 7th Generation.

For they as Native young adults are re-inventing themselves to meet the brutal challenges of the 21st Century here in Indian Country.

The time for talk is now over! We must help our 7th Generation to raise to power in Indian Country NOW! D.Q. has reached the attention of the national media, it is now time for Indian Country to extend our hands out to our Native young adults and ensure that every Native youth has both a high school and college education.

From the Frontlines of D.Q.,

Wado and A-ho!

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

ACT NOW for isolated tribes in Peru

2008-03-03T22:29:57Z

ACT NOW for isolated tribes in Peru

www.survival-international.org/news/3067

Reports of 'encounter' between oil workers and isolated Indians

Survival International
12 February 2008

Unconfirmed reports indicate that a team prospecting for oil deep in the Peruvian Amazon has encountered a village belonging to previously-uncontacted Indians.

The men, who were working for the Canadian company Petrolifera, allegedly came across houses, paths and utensils. If the reports are true, the Indians are members of the Cacataibo tribe.

Two groups of Cacataibo Indians remain uncontacted, although their territory is cut in two by a major highway, and it has also been opened up for oil exploration by the government.

Both the Indians and the oil workers would be at grave risk from such an encounter; the Indians from catching potentially fatal diseases such as influenza, and the workers from the very real danger of retaliation by the Indians, who would see their presence as a threat.

Local Indian organizations, Survival International and many others have warned oil companies operating in the Peruvian Amazon to keep out of the territories of uncontacted Indians. There are at least 15 groups of isolated Indians in Peru alone.

Survival's Director Stephen Corry said today, 'If these reports are true, it's very worrying indeed. Whether true or not, this land belongs to the Indians; the UN says so, international law says so, Peruvian law agrees. The fact that the Indians are uncontacted does not lessen their rights. The company is invading Cacataibo land, and it will be responsible for the consequences.'

For more information contact Miriam Ross on (+44) (0)20 7687 8734 or email mr@survival-international.org

* * *

Write a letter for the isolated Indians of Peru

Please feel free to use the following letter as a guide or write one of your own:

-- sample letter --

TO: S.E. Alan Garcia
Presidente de la República del Perú
Palacio de Gobierno
Plaza de Armas
Lima 1
Peru

[Date]

Your Excellency,

The Peruvian government should protect the isolated Indians' reserves by removing all loggers, stopping the entry of any other outsiders, and prohibiting any form of natural resource extraction on their land. It should also set up an emergency plan in case of contact between the isolated tribes and outsiders, and conform to international law by recognising the tribes' ownership of their lands. At present these isolated tribes are at huge risk and face extinction.

Yours sincerely,

[your full name + address]

-- end sample letter --

+=+=+=+
[In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. section 107, this material is distributed without profit or payment to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving this information for non-profit research and educational purposes only.]

Due to (U.S.) Presidential Executive Orders, the National Security Agency may have read this email, post, blog or message without warning, warrant, or notice, in violation of the Fourth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 3 replies

Thank You S.O.T.Y. SAVE OUR TRIBAL YOUTH

2008-03-01T00:34:58Z

Thank You S.O.T.Y. SAVE OUR TRIBAL YOUTH
Date: Mar 1, 2008 12:47 AM

Greetings Friends of SOTY:

In addition to Pine Ridge and the Navajo reservations, SOTY is working with the Northern Cheyenne in child sponsorship - yes, we know you are all waiting and we thank you for your patience. We hear from our friends on the rez's who are putting together the lists that with winter being so hard and still on-going, the progress has been slow because just keeping up with daily life is hard enough. But thank you for your patience and understand that your desire to sponsor a child will be met soon - thank you!!

IN THE MEANTIME - IN ADDITION TO DONATIONS OF COATS AND WARM FOOTWEAR FOR PINE RIDGE (along with DONATIONS FOR FORWARDING THOSE ITEMS greatly appreciated), WE ARE GEARING UP FOR THE SUMMER MONTHS BY HELPING THE NORTHERN CHEYENNE.

PLEASE READ BELOW HOW YOU CAN HELP NOW! IT'S EASY!!! MAKE A DIFFERENCE TODAY AND HELP OUR TRIBAL YOUTH!!

The Northern Cheyenne have started a grass roots effort within their tribe to build a summer camp (to begin with) and an eventual on-going program for their youth. They have asked us to ask our supporters to help them begin their efforts this spring with the following easy to mail items = SEEDS!!!

The aim of the program is to teach the youth how to return to the SELF-SUSTAINING life of their ancestors and that begins with sowing seeds for their own gardens. The intention is for the gardens to also provide nutritional and nourishing food year-round for the youth and families as well.

What's needed?? They are requesting seed packets of the following items:

corn
squash (of various kinds)
beans
carrots
raddish
cabbage
lettuce
and other hearty vegetable seeds that can survive cool nights in the mountains and plains.

The camp will be in Lame Deer, Montana and they can also use whatever garden supplies or gift cards to places like Home Depot or WalMart (for building supplies) that anyone feels like sending.

YOU CAN BUY A SEED PACKET OR TWO TODAY AND PUT THEM IN AN ENVELOPE AND MAIL IT OFF. YOU CAN HELP FEED A GREAT MANY WITH A SINGLE PACKET OF SEEDS - IT'S A BEGINNING AND THEY WELCOME YOUR DESIRE TO WANT TO HELP WITH THIS SIMPLE DONATION.

Please mail your donation of vegetable seeds to:

Cheyenne Freedom Camp
PO Box 628
Lame Deer, MT 59043

We will keep you updated here on Myspace and tribe on our website: www.saveourtribalyouth.com as news and progress of this project continues.

Thank you for your help and support for all our tribal youth!!

All of us at SOTY

please repost this!

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

virtual tradition..what do you think?

2008-02-27T19:35:29Z

http://www.theglobeandmail.com/servlet/story/RTGAM.20080215.wculture15/BNStory/Entertainment/?cid=al_gam_nletter_newsUp

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 6 replies

anyone know any native music groups? Silence is a weapon..Thanks Juan....

2008-02-20T02:58:18Z

http://www.blackfire.net/index2.shtml

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

what is your opinion of this?

2008-02-04T17:17:08Z

A Hopi Prophecy
This is an edited version of a prophecy downloaded from: BCCA.ORG
"Time is going to go so fast."

in case you would like to read it in its entirety.

North American Indian Prophecies
Talk Given by Lee Brown
1986 Continental Indigenous Council
Tanana Valley Fairgrounds
Fairbanks, Alaska

There was the cycle of the mineral, the rock. There was the cycle of the plant. And now we are in the cycle of the animals coming to the end of that and beginning the cycle of the human being.
When we get into the cycle of the human being, the highest and greatest powers that we have will be released to us.
They will be released from that light or soul that we carry to the mind. But right now we're coming to the end of the animal cycle and we have investigated ourselves and learned what it is to be like an animal on this earth.
At the beginning of this cycle of time, long ago, the Great Spirit came down and He made an appearance and He gathered the peoples of this earth together they say on an island which is now beneath the water and He said to the human beings, "I'm going to send you to four directions and over time I'm going to change you to four colors, but I'm going to give you some teachings and you will call these the Original Teachings and when you come back together with each other you will share these so that you can live and have peace on earth, and a great civilization will come about."
And he said, "During the cycle of time I'm going to give each of you two stone tablets. When I give you those stone tablets, don't cast those upon the ground. If any of the brothers and sisters of the four directions and the four colors cast their tablets on the ground, not only, will human beings have a hard time, but almost the earth itself will die."
And so he gave each of us a responsibility and we call that the Guardianship.
To the Indian people, the red people, he gave the Guardianship of the earth. We were to learn during this cycle of time the teachings of the earth, the plants that grow from the earth, the foods that you can eat, and the herbs that are healing so that when we came back together with the other brothers and sisters we could share this knowledge with them. Something good was to happen on the earth.
To the South, he gave the yellow race of people the Guardianship of the wind. They were to learn about the sky and breathing and how to take that within ourselves for spiritual advancement. They were to share that with is at this time.
To the West He gave the black race of people the Guardianship of the water. They were to learn the teachings of the water which is the chief of the elements, being the most humble and the most powerful.
To the North He gave the white race of people the Guardianship of the fire. If you look at the center of many of the things they do you will find the fire. They say a light bulb is the white man's fire. If you look at the center of a car you will find a spark. If you look at the center of the airplane and the train you will find the fire. The fire consumes, and also moves. This is why it was the white brothers and sisters who began to move upon the face of the earth and reunite us as a human family.
And so a long time passed, and the Great Spirit gave each of the four races two stone tablets. Ours are kept at the Hopi Reservation in Arizona at Four Corners Area on 3rd Mesa.
I talked to people from the black race and their stone tablets are at the foot of Mount Kenya. They are kept by the Kukuyu Tribe.
I once had the honor of presenting a sacred pipe at the Kukuyu Tribe carved from the red pipe stone of Mount Kenya. I was at an Indian spiritual gathering about 15 years ago. A medicine man from South Dakota put a beaded medicine wheel in the middle of the gathering. It had the four colors from the four directions; He asked the people, "Where is this from?" They said, "Probably Montana, or South Dakota, maybe Seskatchewan." He said, "This is from Kenya." It was beaded just like ours, with the same color.
The stone tablets of the yellow race of people are kept by the Tibetans, in Tibet. If you went straight through the Hopi Reservation to the other side of the world, you would come out in Tibet. The Tibetan word for "sun" is the Hopi word for "moon" and the Hopi word for "sun" is the Tibetan word for "moon".
The guardians of the traditions of the people of Europe are the Swiss. In Switzerland, they still have a day when each family brings out its mask. They still know the colors of the families, they still know the symbols, some of them. I went to school with some people from Switzerland at the University of Washington and they shared this with me.
Each of these four peoples happen to be people that live in the mountains.
In 1976 America had its bicentennial celebrating 200 years of freedom. Some of the Native people thought this was significant and they carried a sacred pipe bundle from the West Coast to the East Coast of this land.
They said that the roads of this land should either go North-South or East-West. If they went North-South we would come together as brothers and sisters, but if they went East-West there would be destruction and almost the earth itself would have a hard time. So you all know the roads went East-West.
They said then things would be lost from the East to the West and from the South to the North and that they would come back again from the West to the East and from the North to the South.
So nine years ago in 1976 from the West to East Coast of this land, from San Francisco to Washington, D.C. people carried a sacred pipe bundle by hand, on foot. My aunt had dreamt 15 years ago that people that didn't like them would throw rocks and bottles at that pipe bundle as they carried it across the land. And sure enough that came about. But, as was in my aunt's dream, the rocks only came so close and then they dropped, and nothing touched it.
They said a spiritual fire would be lit in the North and would come down the Northwest Coast of this land. When it gets to the Puget Sound, it would go inland. I think this, nine years later, is the gathering in the North, myself. That's why I came here. This is it. We have the capacity to start the spiritual fire now, here. The old people long ago saw it and foretold it and I'm going to come to that.
So we went through this cycle of time and each of the four races went to their directions and they learned their teachings.
We were given a sacred handshake to show when we came back together as brothers and sisters that we still remembered the teachings. It was indicated on the stone tablets that the Hopis had that the first brothers and sisters that would come back to them would come as turtles across the land. They would be human beings, but they would come as turtles.
So when the time came close the Hopis were at a special village to welcome the turtles that would come across the land and they got up in the morning and looked out at the sunrise. They looked out across the desert and they saw the Spanish Conquistadores coming, covered in armour, like turtles across the land. So this was them. So they went out to the Spanish man and they extended their hand hoping for the handshake but into the hand the Spanish man dropped a trinket.
And so word spread throughout North America that there was going to be a hard time, that maybe some of the brothers and sisters had forgotten the sacredness of all things and all the human beings were going to suffer for this on the earth.
So tribes began to send people to the mounds to have missions to try to figure out how they could survive. At that time there were 100,000 cities in the Mississippi Valley alone, called the mound civilization: cities built on great mounds. Those mounds are still there. If you ever go out to Ohio or the Mississippi Valley, they're tourist attractions now. There was 100,000 cities of Native people and they were wondering how they could survive.
They began to try to learn to live off the land because they knew a hard time was going to come. They began to send people to have visions to see how we could survive this time.
People came on the east coast and they went across this land to the east and they were told in the prophecies that we should try to remind all the people that would come here of the sacredness of all things. If we could do that, then there would be peace on earth. But if we did not do that, when the roads went clear from east to west, and when the other races and colors of the Earth had walked clear across this land, if by that time we had not come together as a human family, the Great Spirit would grab the earth with his hand and shake it.
And so if you read the treaty negotiations from Red Jacket of the Six Nations on the east coast of this land clear to Chief Joseph and Chief Seattle on the west coast of this land, they all said the same thing. Chief Joseph said, "I accord you the right, and I hope you accord me the right, to live in this land." Always we were trying to live together. But instead of living together, you all know there was separation, there was segregation. They separated the races: they separated the Indians, and they separated the blacks.
So when they got to the west coast of this land the elders that were made aware of these prophecies said they would then begin to build a black ribbon. And on this black ribbon there would move a bug. And when you begin to see this bug moving on the land, that was the sign for the First Shaking of the Earth.
The First Shaking of the Earth would be so violent that this bug would be shaken off the earth into the air and it would begin to move and fly in the air. And by the end of this shaking this bug will be in the air around the world. Behind it would be a trail of dirt and eventually the whole sky of the entire earth would become dirty from these trails of dirt, and this would cause many diseases that would get more and more complicated. So the bug moving on the land, of course it's easy to see now.
In 1908 the Model-T Ford was mass produced for the first time. So the elders knew the First Shaking of the Earth was about to come about - that's the First World War. In the First World War the airplane came into wide usage for the first time. That was that bug moving into the sky. And so they knew something very important would happen.
There would be an attempt to make peace on earth on the west coast of this land and so the elders began to watch for this. They began to hear that there was going to be a League of Nations in San Francisco so the elders gathered in Arizona around 1920 or so and they wrote a letter to Woodrow Wilson. They asked if the Indian people could be included in the League of Nations.
At that time the United States Supreme Court had held that a reservation is a separate and semi-sovereign nation, not a part of the United States but protected by it. This became a concern because people didn't want the reservations to become more and more separate. They didn't want them to be considered nations. So they did not write back and the Native people were left out of the League of Nations, so that circle was incomplete.
In the League of Nations circle there was a southern door, the yellow people; there was a western door, the black people; there was a northern door, the white people; but the eastern door was not attended. The elders knew that peace would not come on the earth until the circle of humanity is complete, until all the four colors sat in the circle and shared their teachings, then peace would come on earth.
So they knew things would happen. Things would speed up a little bit. There would be a cobweb built around the earth, and people would talk across this cobweb. When this talking cobweb, the telephone, was built around the earth, a sign of life would appear in the east, but it would tilt and bring death. It would come with the sun.
But the sun itself would rise one day not in the east but in the west. So the elders said when you see the sun rising in the east and you see the sign of life reversed and tilted in the east, you know that the Great Death is to come upon the earth, and now the Great Spirit will grab the earth again in His hand and shake it and this shaking will be worse than the first.
So the sign of life reversed and tilted, we call that the Swastika, and the rising sun in the east was the rising sun of Japan. These two symbols are carved in stone in Arizona. When the elders saw these two flags, these were the signs that the earth was to be shaken again.
The worse misuse of the Guardianship of the fire is called the "gourd of ashes". They said the gourd of ashes will fall from the air. It will make the people like blades of grass in the prairie fire and things will not grow for many seasons. I saw on television not too long ago that they were talking about the atomic bomb, the gourd of ashes. They said it was the best-kept secret in the history of the United States. The elders wanted to speak about it in 1920.
They would have spoken of it and foretold it's coming if they could have entered into the League of Nations.
The elders tried to contact President Roosevelt and ask him not to use the gourd of ashes because it would have a great effect on the earth and eventually cause even greater destruction and a the Third Shaking of the Earth, the Third World War. I'll get to that in a few minutes.
So they knew after the Second Shaking of the Earth when they saw the gourd of ashes fall from the sky then there would be an attempt to make peace on the other side of this land. And because the peace attempt on the west coast had failed, they would build a special house on the east coast of this Turtle Island, and all the nations and peoples of the earth would come to this house and it would be called the House of Mica and it would shine like the mica on the desert shines.
So the elders began to see they were building the United Nations made out of glass that reflects like the mica on the desert so they knew this was the House of Mica and all the peoples of the earth should go to it. So they met and talked about this.
They said that in the 1920's they had written and they had not been responded to, so they said this time we better go to the front door of the House of Mica because things might get a lot worse.
So elders representing a number of tribes I believe drove to New York City. When the United Nations opened they went to the front door of the House of Mica and they said these words:
"We represent the indigenous people of North America and we wish to address the nations of the Earth. We're going to give you four days to consider whether or not we will be allowed to speak."
They retreated to one of the Six Nations Reserves in New York State. The Six Nations Reserves are keepers of the Great Law of Peace of the prophet that appeared here in North America, Dagonnorida. And this Law of Peace is still recited, it takes four days between sunrise and noon. Each year an Indian, by memory, must recite it about this time of year.
Four days later they came back and I believe the nations of the earth heard that the Indians had come to the door. And they voted to let the Indians in. They wanted to hear what they had to say. But the United States is one of five nations of the United Nations with a veto power and still they were concerned because this time the Native sovereignty was even stronger. And I believe they vetoed the entrance of the Native people.
So then they knew other things would happen on the Earth, and the United Nations would not bring peace on earth but there would be continuing and deepening confusion. And that the little wars would get worse. So they retreated to the Six Nations Reserve and they talked about this and they said the time is really getting close now, 1949.
They said, "We're going to divide the United States into four sections and each year we're going to have a gathering. We're going to call these the 'White of Peace Gatherings'." They began to have these around 1950. And they authorized certain men to speak in English for the first time about these prophecies.
One that I used to listen to many times, over and over, was Thomas Benyaka. He is a Hopi man. I believe he is still living. He was authorized to speak in English about what was on the stone tablets and he has dedicated his lifetime to doing this. And they began to tell us at these gatherings, they said "In your lifetime you're going to see things happen."
It was strange when they said it in the 1950's and 1960's but now it seems very clear. But then it was unusual. They said, "You're going to see a time in your life when men are going to become women. The Great Spirit is going to make a man on the earth. He made him a man but this man is going to say, "I know more than the Great Spirit. I'm going to change myself to be a woman:" And they will even nurse children. The Great Spirit is going to make the woman on the earth. She's going to say, "I know more than the Great Spirit. I want to be a man. And she will be physically a man."
They said "You're going to see a time in your lifetime when the human beings are going to find the blueprint that makes us." They call that now, DNA, deoxyribonucleic acid. They said, "They re going to cut this blueprint." They call that now, genetic splicing.
And they said, "They're going to make new animals upon the earth, and they're going to think these are going to help us. And it's going to seem like they do help us. But maybe the grandchildren and greatgrandchildren are going to suffer."
They are making new animals. The elders talked about this. They said, "You will see new animals, and even the old animals will come back, animals that people thought had disappeared. They will find them here and there. They'll begin to reappear."
They said (and I know many of you are from tribes that also have this prophecy, "You're going to see a time when the eagle will fly its highest in the night and it will land upon the moon." Some tribes say the eagle will circle the moon. Some tribes say the eagle will fly it's highest in the night. "And at that time," they say, "Many of the Native people will be sleeping," which symbolically means they have lost their teachings. There are some tribes that say it will be as if they are frozen: they've been through the long winter.
But they say, "When the eagle flies it's highest in the night, that will be the first light of a new day. That will be the first thawing of spring." Of course, at the first light of a new day, if you've stayed up all night, you notice it's really dark. And the first light, you want to see it, but you can't. It sneaks up on you. You want to see it change but it's dark and then pretty soon it's getting light before you know it.
We're at that time now. The Eagle has landed on the moon, 1969. When that spaceship landed they sent back the message, "The Eagle has landed." Traditionally, Native people from clear up in the Inuit region, they have shared with us this prophecy, clear down to the Quechuas in South America. They shared with us that they have this prophecy. When they heard those first words, "The Eagle has landed," they knew that was the start of a new time and a new power for Native people. There was absolutely nothing strong before us now. We may do anything we wish.
In 1776 when the United States Government printed the dollar, in one claw [of the eagle], if you've ever noticed, there is an olive branch in this claw. They said that represented peace. The Indian elders shared with me in South Dakota that to them that represents the enslavement of black people.
In the prophecies of the Six Nations people they say there will be two great uprisings by black people to free themselves. We've seen one about 1964. There will be a second, more violent one to come. I'll get back to what that means in a minute. In the other claw is 13 arrows. The founding fathers of the United States said that represents the 13 States. But the elders say that represents the enslavement of the Native people.
When the Eagle landed on the moon, they decided to print a special silver dollar to commemorate that. I don't know how many of you noticed it. The original design showed the spaceship landing on the moon but at the last minute it was changed to an actual eagle. And in the eagle's claws is the olive branch, but the arrows are gone. The elders said, "That's our prophecy, we have been released."
There was one more uprising coming for the black race of people and then they will be released and this is also going to have an effect on Native people, a good effect. There's a whole new set of prophecies from the Iroquois people about that and I won't have time to go into that this morning.
But we're in that time now. We're between the first light of a new day and the sunrise. The sunrise is about to come and when it comes up everyone is going to see it. But you know how it is in the village there's a few people that get up early, and there are some that sleep until noon. I'm probably one of those that sleeps until noon. They said when that Eagle lands on the moon, the powers will begin to come back to us.
Within seven days of the time the Eagle landed on the moon, the Freedom of Indian Religion Act was introduced into the United States Congress. The legislation was introduced in 1969, less than seven days after the Eagle landed on the moon. Eventually it was passed in November of 1978, signed by President Carter. These are the physical manifestations of the spiritual prophecies that we have.
So he said at this time you're going to see that things will speed up, that people on the earth will move faster and faster. Grandchildren will not have time for grandparents. Parents will not have time for children. It will seem like time is going faster and faster. The elders advised us that as things speed up, you yourself should slow down. The faster things go, the slower you go. Because there's going to come a time when the earth is going to be shaken a third time.
The Great Spirit has been shaking the earth two times: the First and Second World Wars to remind us that we are a human family, to remind us that we should have greeted each other as brothers and sisters. We had a chance after each shaking to come together in a circle that would have brought peace on earth, but we missed that.
Tonight they were talking on the news about the sign for the Third Shaking of the Earth. I heard it while sitting in the airport after I missed my plane. They said they're going to build what the elders called the "house in the sky".
In the 1950's they talked about this: they will build a house and throw it in the sky. When you see people living in the sky on a permanent basis, you will know the Great Spirit is about to grab the earth, this time not with one hand, but with both hands.
Many of you of Native background may have heard "the spirits will warn you twice, but the third time you stand alone." We've had two warnings, the first two World Wars, but now we stand alone in the third one. As it says in the Baha'i Writings, there will be no-one protected. When this house is in the sky, the Great Spirit is going to shake the Earth a third time and whoever dropped that gourd of ashes, upon them it is going to drop.
They say at that time there will be villages in this land so great that when you stand in the villages you will not be able to see out, and in the prophecies these are called "villages of stone", or "prairies of stone". And they said the stone will grow up from the ground and you will not be able to see beyond the village. At the center of each and every one of these villages will be Native people, and they will walk as "hollow" shells upon a "prairie of stone". They said "hollow shells" which means they will have lost any of their traditional understandings; they will be empty within.
They said after the Eagle lands on the moon some of these people will begin to leave these "prairies of stone" and come home and take up some of the old ways and begin to make themselves reborn, because it's a new day. But many will not. And they said there's going to come a time when in the morning the sun is going to rise and this village of stone will be there, and in the evening there would just be steam coming from the ground. They will be as steam. And in the center of many of those villages of stone when they turn to steam, the Native people will turn to steam also because they never woke up and left the village.

And this used to bother me when I was a young man. I used to ask the elders, "Isn't there anything we can do?" And they said, well, it's just that way that if a person does not have the spiritual eyes to see, it's very hard to show them. Or if they don't have the ears to hear, it's very hard to speak with them. We wish that we could go get them all but we can't. It's just that some are not going to wake up. But some will wake up.

And so they say there's going to be the Third Shaking of the Earth. It's not going to be a good thing to see but we will survive it. We will survive it. And when we survive it, then there's going to be another attempt to make a circle of the human beings on the earth.
And this time the Native people will not have to petition to join but will be invited to enter the circle because they say the attitude towards us will have changed by then, and people will let us into the circle and all the four colors of the four directions will share their wisdom, and there will be a peace on earth. This is coming close.
A lot of times when I share this message of the prophecies, people say, "Can't we change it? Could we stop it?"
The answer is yes.
The prophecies are always "either/or". We could have come together way back there in 1565, and we could have had a great civilization, but we didn't. Always along the path of these prophecies, we could have come together. We still could. If we could stop the racial and religious disharmony, we would not have to go through this third shaking.
The elders say the chance of that is pretty slim. It seems to me like it's pretty slim, too. But they say what we can do is we can "cushion" it. The word we use is "cushion". We can cushion it so it won't be quite as bad. How do we do this? We do this by sharing the teaching that will reunite us.
The Hopis in their prophecies say there will be a religion that comes here. Maybe it will be true and bring unity, or maybe it will not be true and not bring unity. If it does not bring unity, a second religion will come, and the people of this religion are known in the Hopi language as the Bahani, the people of Baha. Ni means "people of".
When I heard about these [prophecies], none of them made any sense. Now most of it has come to pass. Last I heard on the news, they said the "house in the sky" will be put up in 1996. It was going to be put up sooner, but it's been postponed for four years. Maybe it will be postponed again. But in not too long it's going to go up. The earth as we know it is going to change.
Each of us carry, I believe, a sacred drop of light.
But now we're going into the human world. The mind is going to be opened up to the radiance of our own soul and the cycle of the human beings is going to come back, and something so good is going to happen on the earth that it cannot even be described.
The elders say it in different ways. They say, there will be grass at that time when they make that circle and bring the peace on earth. There will be blades of grass that have not quite come through the earth. Even they will try to push themselves up to be part of that day when the sun rises.
You know, one time the scientist came to the Hopis and they said, "We want to take a piece of the stone tablets." They said "We want to take the stone tablets to a scientific laboratory to determine how old they are." The Hopis said, "We know how old they are". Well, the scientists said, "We want to confirm it." Well, the Hopis let them take a little piece, and they did that by the carbon dating method.

Editor's Note: This puzzles me, as stone cannot be carbon dated. Carbon 14 is taken in by organic life until the moment of death. Then the Carbon 14 is slowly released by that organic material and the rate of release can be calculated. Half-life computations tell the age of the tested material. Stone is not organic.

They found these tablets were at least 10,000 years old, maybe 50,000. So when I say, "Thousands of years ago, there were Native people that spoke of these things," that's exactly what I mean. They told their children and thousands of years ago, their children grew up and told their children, and then their children grew up and told their children. And they spoke about the people that will live in this time.
And now it is us. We are the ones they spoke of long ago. They say to be alive, to come into creation and to live upon the earth at this time is a great honor.
In the cycle of time, from the beginning to the end, this time we are in now will change the purification of all things. They say this is the hardest time to live, but it is also the greatest honor to be alive to live and see this.
In the state of Washington in 1855 they signed treaties and made 22 Indian reservations. They wanted to do it before there were problems. They thought they were advanced at the time, they had learned from what had happened elsewhere. They made 22 Indian reservations and the elders spoke in 1855 and they said, "We're going to become weaker, and you are going to become stronger, and if you wish to break these treaties, you may do so." They said, "But there's going to come a time when the earth itself will rise up and purify itself and this will be announced.
It will be announced by the speaking of more than 16 Great Ones on the West Coast of this land. And when the 16 Great Ones speak, the purification will have begun. There was a new [?] five years ago when Mt. Saint Helens, one of the 16 great volcanoes on the West Coast of this land, "spoke".
The Seattle Times did a special interest story. They went over to Watson Totus and Woodrow Bill. It was Woodrow Bill's son that made this hoop that I brought here today, my good brother Randolf Bill. They asked Watson Totus and Woodrow Bill as spiritual people of the Yakuma nation, "What does this mean?" What they said was so profound that they didn't put it on page 16, they put it on the front page of the Seattle Times.
They said, "This means that the races and nations of the earth should slow down and come together and talk to each other." That's exactly what it meant. And we had four years and four days to do that.
Four years and four days later, Mt. Saint Helens erupted the second time. That was last spring, just about this time. That was our grace period. We could have still done something really good. But now things are going to speed up. Now things are going to really happen fast. Time is going to go so fast.
The more we share the Message, the more we will cushion the Third Shaking of the Earth, and the easier it will be on ourselves and others.

We are now within the purification of all things. Non-Natives call this the "Apocalypse". The Native elders call this the "Purification".

But don't despair. It sounds terrible, but we will survive it. We will live through it. I don't think there's anyone chosen to live through it, but some people will.
So, in closing I would like to call on each and every person, regardless of who you are, young or old, Native or non-Native, to arise now, and to awake, to embrace this time, to learn everything you can about the Teachings and the Writings, to arise and awake and go forth, all the peoples of the earth.
Peoples everywhere are now receptive to the Message. This year is the year when that is really going to start, I believe, myself. Arise and awake.
There's people out there waiting to hear, waiting to hear... waiting to hear...

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

Native time..I often feel rushed and hurried in this western world anybody else?

2008-02-04T15:52:07Z

Today I receieved a thank you letter a psoster and a news paper article about the film festival I was in Red Fork College in Tulsa Oklahoma. It was a thank you letter hand signed by a fellow native american. I recieved it at the end of Jaunuary 2008 the festival took place in 2006.
You see this makes sense to me as I am we natives are on "INDIAN TIME" slow to make changes slow in doing things slow in terms of the speed of people of the western world and other cultures.
Easy does it for the Native speed and haste make waste...just look at the world. And yet people want me to make quick decitions and move quicker. Some genetic code inside of me says everything is going Too fast please slow it down...but to most people no one understands this except other Natives.
What do you think?

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

Indigenous Self-Determination. Jan 30th..from a trusted elder

2008-01-21T19:25:48Z

If all you can do is traditional prayer than prayer will be appreciated.

From: Willi Nolan
Sent: Saturday, January 19, 2008 10:58 AM
Subject: Day of Action for Grassy Narrows Jan. 30

For your information - your support is welcome and needed.

All My Relations
Willi

David Sone <dsone@ran.org> wrote:
Subject: FW: Day of Action for Grassy Narrows Jan. 30
Date: Fri, 18 Jan 2008 15:15:05 -0800
From: "David Sone" <dsone@ran.org>
To: "Somanycolors Chakras" <somanycolors_chakras@yahoo.com>

Please forward
Day of Action for Grassy Narrows
and Indigenous Self-Determination Jan. 30
The five year Grassy Narrows Indigenous logging blockade has become a critical focal point in the fight for social justice and ecological sanity.
In January 2007, the Grassy Narrows First Nation called for a complete moratorium on all industrial activity on their traditional territory without community consent in order to protect their land and culture from further destruction. But companies like Grand and Toy and Office Max continue to sell paper made from trees clear-cut on Grassy Narrows territory.
Grassy Narrows and RAN are calling an International Day of Action on January 30h to call on Grand and Toy and Office Max to publicly support the moratorium, and stop selling paper made from Grassy Narrows’ forests without consent.
Go to FreeGrassy.org for updates, background, contacts, dowloadable flyers and other materials. Please let us know if you are planning an action so we can add you to the map and send interested activists your way (contact asartor@ran.org).
Under intense pressure from Grassy Narrows and international solidarity campaigns the provincial government of Ontario has recently appointed a high-level negotiator to address core issues in Grassy Narrows. Grassy Narrows has made clear that respect for the moratorium is a top priority and have asked supporters to help turn up the heat.
NOW is the time to make sure that corporations driving the destruction in Grassy Narrows feel the MOST pressure to ensure that Grassy Narrows demands are met. .
On January 30th please join Grassy Narrows, RAN and activists across the United States and Canada to send a strong message to OfficeMax and Grand & Toy – Support the moratorium in Grassy Narrows!
For more information see: http://www.freegrassy.org

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

In the Native Way

2008-01-18T06:09:26Z

Winter 2002: Can Love Save the World?

In the Native Way
by Tom Goldtooth

Spirituality plays a very important role in the work our network does in environmental protection. It frames who we are. I believe that as Native people, we are the land and the land is us. Those of us in the environmental justice movement have started to educate the larger environmental movement that our work protecting the environment is spiritual work.
When we talk about the environment, very often we are talking about sacred elements. We’re talking about air, which is a gift from the Creator. From the day that we’re born, we take that first gasp of air and that’s the life giver. Someday that breath of life is going to leave our body, thus completing its cycle.

Water is a sacred element. From the time the unborn is swimming around in the womb of its mother, we need water to sustain us. Throughout our lifetime, that water that flows through the veins of our MotherEarth remains connected to all life throughout the world.

The soil, the earth itself, that skin of Mother Earth is also one of the sacred elements.

And we have the sun that comes up in the morning every day that gives us warmth, that gives us the understanding. That’s the fire, and fire is very sacred.

Some of the prophecies of our various tribes talk about a time when technology and development will be so far out of balance that it may affect the future of our planet. The Six Nations in the eastern Great Lakes area have prophecies about the time when the trees will start dying from the top down, and I understand that’s happening. We’ve got glaciers in the Andes that are receding. We’ve got thinning ice in Alaska that is affecting the subsistence culture of the Alaska Natives. I hear that aquifers are starting to dry out. Climate change and global warming are impacting our people.

Our elders talk about the spiritual battle that’s been going on for a long time. Industrialization has always wanted to control the land, control the people. That’s going on today. I believe that globalization is part of that. Globalization places no value in people, no value in religious and spiritual principles, no value in the protection of the commons. Spiritual values tie us to the importance of protecting the Mother Earth, the plants, all animate and inanimate things. When we lose that understanding, industry, development, and globalization can do what they want to do, because there are no values behind their structures. Globalizationhas created a system of corporate ownership above the importance of plants, living things, and humans.

Back in the Old World—Europe—there were Crusades and Inquisitions, which did away with Earth-based religions. This practice rewrote history. Industrialization further killed off the Old-World tribes, their identification, their traditional form of governance and replaced them with kingdoms and peasants. They’ve lost their connections to the land and who they are.

That’s why I’ve always believed it’s very important to carry on our traditions and our culture as Native peoples, to make sure our children know who they are and have that identification with the sacredness of our Mother Earth. Native peoples, especially those who are trying to practice ways that have been given to them since time immemorial, are an endangered species. Acculturation and assimilation—which are products of colonization—have been very effective. As Native peoples, we’re still trying to hang on to what little we have left, our language, so we can practice our ceremonies, and our sacred areas. Western forms of development have gradually destroyed many of those sacred places.

The elders tell us that we’re a tribal society of givers living in a society of takers. They say, “Go and do what you can to talk to people, try and educate them about these things.” In the Native way, we respect people’s own spirits. They have to come through their own self-realization to take responsibility for their actions.

A meeting of the tribes

Unfortunately, non-Native peoples no longer have traditional tribal systems, so we can’t meet with them tribe to tribe. That was how we used to meet to deal with these kind of issues. There were always ceremonial leaders, woman leaders, mechanisms for approaching these things. But that’s not there anymore. Tribalism has been killed off.

As a practitioner of our traditional ways, I’ve been taught to put prayer first, to put the sacred Pipe first. These teachings provide me with the discipline to put the Creator first in everything I do. When I don’t put the Creator first, then I start getting into trouble. I was taught that we’re given a mind and a heart, and when we start to use the mind too much we get out of balance. We have to maintain a balance. Anytime I put prayer aside and try to do paperwork or do politics too much, I get myself in trouble.

In our traditional societies, we had political leaders, but political leaders maintained a balance with the spiritual leadership in the village. Various tribes had clan mothers or matrilineal clan systems that kept the menfolk in check. Our connection to the sacredness of the female creative principle of Mother Earth really means a lot, and that’s something a lot of people don’t understand. We always say that Mother Earth is sacred. She’s the creative principle that allows life to go on, and that’s why in our traditional values as Native peoples we have the most respect and reverence for the female. We’re taught to take care of the Mother Earth and to take care of our women, our mothers, our aunts, our grandmothers, our sisters, our daughters in the same way we take care of the Earth.

I need to say that there are many different tribes and many different ways, but there are many similarities when I talk about the sacredness of Mother Earth and our relationship to the woman. Any time we start to lose that understanding, that’s when we start getting into trouble as men.

Men have big egos. Men can easily lead religions and societies into warfare. That’s why we always have to take direction from our women, from our matrilineal clan systems, because they understand the importance of that relationship. That was always the balance.

The men’s role is also very important. The man is the protector of our villages and our women. I think that the men’s and women’s roles are out of balance in the same way that life is out of balance right now. I believe that men have to somehow find out what our role is in the modern world. The woman still carries forth the children, still understands that creative principle, still has that connection to the Earth and the powers of the moon. Their role is more easily defined. But I find a lot of brothers, no matter what race, are out of balance, searching to find out who they are as a man. We must not forget that Father Sky and Mother Earth need one another as part of the creative principle.

That goes back to the work that we do with the environment. When I talk to white environmentalists about the importance of the spiritual aspects of their work, they have no understanding of that— especially the men. The women seem to have a better understanding. Very often, the closest the non-Natives can understand about the sacredness of the Earth is the concept of stewardship—which is good but still has ownership attached to it. But we can work with stewardship as a beginning.

Sharing ceremonies

A lot of the prophecies of the various tribes have said the time will come when the younger brother and the younger sister who have come from across the ocean will start to look towards the Native peoples for direction. But in my younger years, I was very resistant to the new agers coming into our lands and into our ceremonies.

My youth led me into Native activism—what we called Red Power. I was one of those foot soldiers demanding the recognition of our treaty rights with my fists in the air, demanding justice. I talked to my grandmother once, and she said, “You’ve got a lot of anger in you. What’s wrong?” So I started talking about what was going on, about people being killed. She said, “You need to go into ceremony. You’ve got a lot of anger.”

As the years went on, I started to see more non-Native people, basically white people, coming to our ceremonies looking for answers, and I struggled with that. It seemed to me they were continuing the same old practice of taking things away from us without giving back. Now it was our ceremony and knowledge.

An uncle on the Dakota Reservation in Prairie Island, Minnesota, asked me to help him in the sweat lodge in the mid-1980s. He had a dream that the four colors of man would be coming to his ceremonies. Sure enough, soon people started coming down from the Twin Cities on Friday nights, carloads of them, and there I was helping him with all these people. I wouldn’t have done it if he hadn’t asked. But he needed help; he was getting tired. I really had to work this out for myself, because I couldn’t take my anger into the sweat lodge. I started to learn about compassion.

I feel people in this country as well as in Europe are searching. I’ve been to a German sweat lodge, which was given to them by a full-blood Cherokee man in the ‘70s. In 2000 in Germany I was sitting in the sweat lodge with these German people. They said they had lost their ways from the Crusades a long time ago, and this Native sweat lodge was all they had to help them make their way back to who they were. I saw they had respect and humility about these spiritual ways. They demonstrated compassion for each other, love, and faith in the Higher Power—they have everything that we need to live and survive. Who’s to say that what they’re doing is wrong? I started to see that this spiritual understanding is to be shared with all people, regardless of race.

Back in the 1980s, I met some people with the Rainbow tribe. The Rainbow tribe is mostly white folks, but there are some black people, Latinos, and Asians. I had my own stereotypes about the Rainbow tribe—basically hippie-type folks who smoked marijuana, partied, and tried to have a connection with the Earth. I thought there was something out of balance, and I usually stayed away from the Rainbow gatherings. But I met some elders who came to the ceremonies that my uncle was running at the Prairie Island Dakota reservation. I sat down and talked with them. I learned they didn’t want to be disrespectful to Native peoples or our ways. I talked about the importance of keeping things in context and not mixing things up. They understood. They said there was no structure in the Rainbow tribe to address this. They do the best they can—basically they allow different people to do what they want to do.

I started to pray about that. An understanding came to me that God is very compassionate and loving to everyone. When people come together searching for answers for themselves, like the Rainbow tribe, if they are sincere and have patience, a way will come to them that is for them. It may not be Native as we define it, but it is something that comes in a sacred manner and it will be for them. That is the power of this Creation working through all people of all races and all tribes.

It is my prayer that when all humans go through this transformation, it will help them to re-identify their relationship to the sacredness of the land, Mother Earth. When this comes, we will have peace and a clean and safe future for our future generations.

Tom B. K. Goldtooth (Dine’ and Mdewakanton Dakota) is the national director of the Indigenous Environmental Network at Bemidji, Minnesota. He has been a leader in Native social, economic, and environmental justice issues for over 30 years. You can reach the Indigenous Environmental Network at PO Box 485, Bemidji, MN 56619. 218/751-4967, www.ienearth.org

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

cherokee proficies

2008-01-17T18:04:33Z

Cherokee Prophecies

Cherokee Star Constellation - Prophecy of the Rattlesnake

The Stars above and its configurations hold TIME UNTIME within its grasp upon all life. As all cultures sustain a Zodiac system written upon Time Untime so also the Chickamaugan Cherokee of the Americas hold also an Ancient Zodiac of the heavens.

Within the Zodiac of the Heavens of the Chickamauga Cherokee are etched Ancient designs written upon and within the lines of seeing. The Cherokee Zodiac is alive and moves and spins upon the rings of TIME UNTIME. As the main outline remains its hold and is stationed in the sky of stars its movement within that frozen outline does indeed change with the movements of the other elements. Elements within the rotations planets, stars, and bodies of the heavens. As other cultures station their Zodiac as a permanent fixture the Cherokee Zodiac morphs or changes and becomes as if ALIVE. Always Alive, breaths, lives, and takes upon each constellation its own deeming of things, Time, Untime, and among those things, PROPHECY.

The Constellations of the Chickamaugan Cherokee are 13 fold which contain the characterizations of mainly animals. Among the many design configurations seen written upon the stars are the designs of animals, objects, and many other elements of TIME UNTIME. The figures of the sky are totally different from other cultures of the Zodiac except for a rare few which seem to be similar. The only one which seems to relative to similarity is found within the Cherokee Constellation Scorpion and Snake and this in relation to others as Scorpio and Serpent.

This is the story of only one of those constellations. This is of the Cherokee Constellation Rattlesnake. And within this one Constellation is found a PROPHECY. Within the Rattlesnake of the Heavens is found TIME UNTIME foretold since the dawn of TIME.

In the sky is found the figure of a Snake. And upon this snake it is the outline of a Rattlesnake. Sometimes the Serpent and the Rattlesnake take on its bearing of one or the other but the Snake of the Rattlesnake is ITS design.

The Cherokee Rattlesnake Constellation is not like other cultures of the world. The Cherokee Rattlesnake in the Heavens has a head and winds itself back and forth with its body as in sidewinding itself to its tail. The boundary of the Rattlesnake is unlike the boundaries of other Zodiac cultures. In the Heavens the Pleiades Star System is found as the tip of the Rattlesnake tail.

The Rattlesnake of the Cherokee is very sacred and its sacredness is written even in the Heavens. Upon the mouth of the Rattlesnake is found 52 scales. These scales in number of 52 is written upon the Calendar of the Cherokee and upon the wheels and rings of TIME UNTIME. The Calendar of the Cherokee spins upon wheels and rings as a sophisticated dating system. A dating system that not only tells TIME of events, people, places, and things but also a very holy and sacred element within the Cherokee culture itself of ALL THINGS.

The Rattlesnake can sometimes be imaged as a serpent. To be a Serpent or to be the Rattlesnake depends on the knowing of the TIMES and TIMES of TIME UNTIME. To know the culture of the Cherokee and its Ancient design upon LIFE. One MUST know the things of TIME UNTIME in order to place the constellation as a Rattlesnake or a Serpent. But this is another story.

The stationary outline is always of the Rattlesnake. However upon the wheels of the Cherokee calendar is also found when where how what who in its changing and transformation. The transformation is not the changing of the shape of the Rattlesnake but the addition or subtraction of elements upon the snake itself. These things also tell the tales of the universe and all its bearing of what was, what is, and to be.

On the Cherokee Calendar a great thing is foretold of things about to take shape within all things upon the earth, the heavens, and the universe. And the Rattlesnake Constellation is one of those which speaks as a voice of TIME UNTIME of things to be.

Upon the Cherokee Calendar Rings and written in the Star Constellation Rattlesnake is a prophecy of TIME UNTIME.

And so it is thus foretold ....

When the Earth sees the fingers of Spearfinger strike Jupiter, when the ages of the Rings and wheels tell it is the ending of the ages of cycles of 5, this will be the sign for the whole earth, for all the earth will see this thing, to wake up from sleep. These fingers that stuck Jupiter was the comet fragments that hit Jupiter in the 1990s and the whole earth took of is majesty. This was the sign foretold on the Calendar for the Cherokee people to WAKE UP to come out of sleep.

The Cherokee Calendar also speaks its voice telling that at this time of the fingers striking Jupiter that Orion Star System will awaken. And the Pleiades and Orion will war once again as in old. Jupiter and Venus will awaken to its destiny of TIME UNTIME of cycles. Orion will WAR with Pleadies, Jupiter will WAR with Venus. The time of the Cherokee UKU's will be at hand.

In the year 2004 and 2012 an alignment will take place both on the Cherokee Calendar and in the heavens of the Rattlesnake Constellation both. It is the time of the doublehead serpent stick. It is the time of the Red of Orion and Jupiter against White Blue of Pleadies and Venus. It is the time of the Uku's choosing. It is the time of the Beloved Woman and MYSTERIES OF TIME UNTIME. It is the Time Untime of the THUNDERBOLT and the spirits of Lightning Mountains.

In the year 2004 and 2012 the Cherokee Rattlesnake Constellation will take on a different configuration. The Snake itself will remain, however, upon the Rattlesnake shall be added upon its head feathers, its eyes will open and glow, wings spring forth as a winged Rattlesnake, it shall have hands and arms and in its hands shall be found a bowl. The bowl will hold blood. Upon its tail of 7 rattles shall be the glowing and movement of Pleiades.

The Rattlesnake shall become a FEATHERED RATTLESNAKE or FEATHERED SERPENT of TIME UNTIME.

And upon the Rattlesnake is also the Milky Way. A crossing of the Milky Way shall be seen at these times.

For the center of the Universe is what many know as the Constellation Sagittarius by modern man. But upon this constellation of is also found the Pleiades Star system which is what is different in the boundary of others and the Cherokee Zodiac.

The Milky Way is ALSO a Tree ... STONE TREE. And upon Stone Tree is as a Tree with a tree trunk, branches, a top, and even roots. The Flower and the Tree is also a tassel as corn. And upon the flower and the tree is the TREE OF LIFE. REBIRTH, RENEWAL, NEW.

And the Cherokee Calendar shall end in the year 2012. But upon the times just prior shall be the Feathered Serpent and its prophecy.

Upon the Heavens design, within the Cherokee Rattlesnake Constellation, it is written. And upon the Rings of TIME UNTIME of the Cherokee Calendar it also says BEHOLD RATTLESNAKE CONSTELATION. And Remember.

The Rings of the Cherokee Calendar are read by the winding motion of the Rattlesnake. To Add or to subtract TIME UNTIME. To MOVE the Wheels backward or forward, to add a wheel to move the rings, to tell the tale what was, what is, and to be. The Rattlesnake and it design tells the movement of the RINGS OF TIME.

And in the sky heavens the motions of the movement of stars, planets, and life tell the tale of its bearing. For all is as the winding of the Rattlesnake. And in the year 2004 the Morning Star shall be first and in the year 2012 the Evening Star shall be first. And upon those years the crown of the Feathered Serpent shall bear its colors and honor. The hands shall hold the bowl and the tail shall be as the roots of a Tree, The Pleaides Tree of the beginning.

And in the Year 2004 and 2012 shall be the TIME UNTIME of the Feathered Serpent of the Sky Heavens. And the Rings shall turn upon those years of prophecy foretold on the Rings of TIME UNTIME. And Ywahoo Falls Kentucky shall sing of Venus and the Feathered Rattlesnake.

For this is not all the prophecy not all the things thereof. For if it was meant for one to know and I give only part, then you have received a great gift. For if I tell all and it was not meant for one to know then I have waisted my breath. For this is a sacred thing, the Venus Alignment and the Feathered Serpent of the Heavens.

And in the Year 2012 the Cherokee Calendar Ends. And all is reborn. For the Feathered Rattlsnake comes and shall be seen in the heavens in the year 2004 to 2012.

In the south of the americas ... it is related as the coming of Quetzalcoatl. The Ancient Cherokee relate it as the coming of the Pale One once again.

The Rattlesnake Constelation shall appear with the Venus Alignment. The Stars of the Heavens of the Cherokee Zodiac, the Rings of the Calendar, and The Venus Alignment tell the story of a Chickamaugan Prophecy. For they all are aligned in the year 2004 to 2012.

Monster With The White Eyes

Handed down as a traditional Cherokee story from grandmother to grandchild, the storyteller cautions that long ago before the Europeans discovered Turtle Island and her indigenous people, the elders of those people warned of the monsters with white eyes yet to come.

Similar stories are to be found among the Aztecs and Mexican people.

The spirits foretold that the monster with white eyes would cross the great eastern water.

The monster would possess evil and terrifying power, and would wreak destruction in its path.

The spirits of the animals and trees began to wither.

Prophecy states that Mother Earth herself would be devastated and her heartbeat would become faint. The monster was said to devour the children of Turtle Island tribe by tribe, with no escape.

If one did survive, its spirit would be dead since it would now be lost and have no connection to its ancestors.

The story tells that one day the Earth would begin to sing a death song due to the severity of the harsh conditions.

When this happens, the children of the people who followed the white-eyed monster to the island would look into their hearts and realize that they faced annihilation at the hands of their fathers.

They would find that the spirits of the children of the tribes had been reborn, waiting to guide the children of the white-eyed monster.

The few keepers of the truth would emerge, becoming strong enough to overcome the power of the white-eyed monster, restoring Mother Earth back to health.

The children of the tribes of Turtle Island would lead the people back to the right way. The races would live in peace, the spirit of the animals and trees would return to safety, and the monster with white eyes would fail to exist.

Other such prophecies are to be found in the Cherokee Legend of the White Snake.

[Snake is a metaphor for DNA]

Legend of the Keetoowahs

Cherokee occasionally refer to themselves as Ani-Kituhwagi, (Keetoowah) 'the people of Kituhwagi', after the ancient nucleus city of the Cherokee. The Legend of the Keetoowahs places the tribe on an island in the Atlantic Ocean east of South America. Seventy tribes attempted attack on the Keetoowahs, but the Keetoowah were granted victory through the assistance of spirit-warriors.

As the story tells us, Ner-du-er-gi, the last warrior of the attackers, was overlooking the valley camp below, from upon a mountain top, when he saw smoke arising from the camp that extended up beyond the clouds, divided into three parts, with an arrow-holding eagle in the center. The warrior and his followers witnessed this miraculous event. Ner-du-er-gi then ordered his warriors not to attack the Keetoowahs for they were protected, and if attacked, the warrior knew he would surely be destroyed.

The Great Spirit granted the Keetoowahs a grand mysterious power to only be utilized in the best interest of their people. However, some of the wise people began to use their wisdom for unfruitful purposes. The Great Spirit instructed them to take their white fire and move away, heading to Asia, India and North America. Some of the large cities the new travelers claimed sank into the ocean and were no more.

Legend has it The Great Spirit turned to the peoples of America and guided them. They too began to violate their teachings by committing murders and feuding with the seven clans. The seven clans with their medicine men met around a fire to request guidance from The Great Spirit. The most truthful seven holy men selflessly gave of themselves for the tribe.

They carried medicine deerskin and medicine tobacco. The medicine men spread out the deerskin and prayed. They blew smoke over the deerskin, and watched the smoke trails for a sign from The Great Spirit. Inspiration led the medicine men to travel up to the top of a mountain, each day one new medicine man for seven days.

On day seven, a messenger came down from The Great Spirit, appeared in a bright light, and stated that The Great Spirit heard the prayers of the medicine men and held passion for their people. First, the men were told that they would someday fly in the air. The messenger warned of an enemy white ball from the east traveling their way, but that their grandchildren¹s feet were facing toward Tsusginai - west - the 'ghost land'.

The messenger warned of trials on the edge of the prairie, with tribes dividing into different factions and their blood evolving into only half of their heritage. The messenger forewarned that families would divide and disregard chiefs, leaders and medicine men. The schools would teach important knowledge to all the people and the young people would return to point rudely at the elders.

However, if the younger generation would heed The Great Spirit's instruction, a chance would exist for the people to turn back east, otherwise they would go to Tsusginai then to the coast, then leave by boat, never to return. They were given the 'Keetoowah' namesake and were instructed to return to their fire for worship, and prophesy to their people.

1986 Continental Indigenous Council,
Fairbanks, Alaska By Lee Brown, Cherokee

There was the cycle of the mineral, the rock. There was the cycle of the plant. And now we are in the cycle of the animal coming to the end of that and beginning the cycle of the human being. When we get into the cycle of the human being, the highest and greatest powers that we have will be released to us.

At the beginning of this cycle of time, long ago, the Great Spirit made an appearance and gathered the peoples of this earth together, and said to the human beings. "I'm going to send you to four directions and over time I¹m going to change you to four colors. I'm going to give you some teachings, and you will call these the Original Teachings; when you come back together with each other, you will share these so that you can live and have peace on Earth, and a great civilization will come about. During the cycle of time, I'm going to give each of you two stone tablets. When I give you those stone tablets, don't cast them upon the ground. If any of the sisters and brothers cast their tablets on the ground, not only will human beings have a hard time, but almost the earth itself will die."

And so He gave each of us a responsibility, and we call that the Guardianship.

To the Indian people, the red people, He gave the Guardianship of the Earth. We are to learn during this cycle of time the teachings of the Earth; the plants that grow from the Earth; the foods that you can eat, and the herbs that heal. Then, when we came back together with the other sisters and brothers, we could share this knowledge with them. Something good was to happen on the Earth.

To the South He gave the yellow race of people the Guardianship of the Wind. They were to learn about the sky and breathing and how to take that within ourselves for spiritual advancement. They were to share that with us at this time.

To the West He gave the black race of people the Guardianship of the Water. They were to learn the teachings of the water, which is the chief of the elements, being the most humble and the most powerful. The elders have told me that the black people would bring the teachings of the water.

To the North He gave the white race of people the Guardianship of the Fire. If you look at the center of many of the things they do, you will find the fire. They say a light bulb is the white man's fire. If you look at the center of a car you will find a spark. If you look at the center of the airplane and the train you will find the fire. The fire consumes, and also moves. This is why it was the white sisters and brothers who began to move upon the face of the earth and reunite us as a human family.

And so a long time passed, and the Great Spirit gave each of the four races two stone tablets. Ours are kept at the Hopi Reservation in Arizona at Four Corners Area on Third Mesa. I talked to people from the black race, and their stone tablets are at the foot of Mount Kenya. They are kept by the Kukuyu Tribe. I was at an Indian spiritual gathering about 15 years ago.

A medicine man from South Dakota put a beaded medicine wheel in the middle of the gathering. It had the four colors from the four directions; he asked the people, "Where is this from?" They said, "Probably Montana, or South Dakota, maybe Saskatchewan." He said, "This is from Kenya." It was beaded just like ours, with the same colors.

The stone tablets of the yellow race of people are kept by the Tibetans. If you went straight through the Hopi Reservation to the other side of the world, you would come out in Tibet. The Tibetan word for sun is the Hopi word for moon, and the Hopi word for sun is the Tibetan word for moon.

The guardians of the traditions of the people of Europe are the Swiss. In Switzerland, they still have a day when each family brings out its mask. They still know the colors of the families, and they still know the symbols, some of them. Each of these four peoples happen to live in the mountains.

Each of the four races went to their directions and learned their teachings. It was in Newsweek not long ago that eight out of ten foods that people eat on the earth are developed here in the western hemisphere because that is our Guardianship -- to learn the teachings of the earth and the things that grow from the Earth. We were given a sacred handshake to demonstrate, when we came back together as sisters and brothers, that we still remember the teachings.

It was indicated on the stone tablets that the Hopis had that the first sisters and brothers who would come back to them would come as turtles across the land. They would be human beings, but they would come as turtles. So when the time came close, the Hopis were at a special village to welcome the turtles that would come across the land.

They got up in the morning and looked out at the sunrise. They looked out across the desert, and they saw the Spanish conquistadores coming, covered in armor, like turtles across the land. So this was them. So they went out to the Spanish man, and they extended their hand, hoping for the handshake. But into the hand the Spanish man dropped a trinket. And so word spread throughout North America that there was going to be a hard time, that maybe some of the brothers and sisters had forgotten the sacredness of all things and all the human beings were going to suffer for this on the Earth.

So tribes began to send people to the mountains to have visions to try to figure out how they could survive. At that time there were 100,000 cities in the Mississippi Valley alone, called the mound civilization: cities built on great mounds. Those mounds are still there. They began to try to learn to live off the land because they knew a hard time was going to come. They began to send people to have visions to see how we could survive this time. They were told in the prophecies that we should try to remind all the people that would come here of the sacredness of all things. If we could do that, then there would be peace on Earth. But if we did not do that, if we had not come together as a human family, the Great Spirit would grab the earth with His hand and shake it.

The elders on the west coast prophesied that they would then begin to build a black ribbon. And on this black ribbon there would move a bug. And when you begin to see this bug moving on the land, that was the sign for the First Shaking of the Earth. The First Shaking of the Earth would be so violent that this bug would be shaken off the earth into the air and it would begin to move and fly in the air. And by the end of this shaking this bug will be in the air around the world. Behind it would be a trail of dirt and eventually the whole sky of the entire earth would become dirty from these trails of dirt, and this would cause many diseases that would get more and more complicated. So the bug moving on the land, of course it¹s easy to see now. In 1908 the Model-T Ford was mass-produced for the first time. So the elders knew the First Shaking of the Earth was about to come about -- that was the First World War.

In the First World War the airplane came into wide usage for the first time. That was that bug moving into the sky. And so they knew something very important would happen. There would be an attempt to make peace on earth on the west coast of this land, and so the elders began to watch for this. They began to hear that there was going to be a League of Nations in San Francisco, so the elders gathered in Arizona around 1920 or so, and they wrote a letter to Woodrow Wilson. They asked if the Indian people could be included in the League of Nations.

The United States Supreme Court had held that a reservation is a separate and semi-sovereign nation, not a part of the United States but protected by it. This became a concern because people didn¹t want the reservations to become more and more separate. They didn¹t want them to be considered nations. So they did not write back, and the Native people were left out of the League of Nations so that circle was incomplete. In the League of Nations circle there was a southern door, the yellow people; there was a western door, the black people; there was a northern door, the white people; but the eastern door was not attended. The elders knew that peace would not come on the Earth until the circle of humanity is complete, until all the four colors sat in the circle and shared their teachings, then peace would come on earth.

So they knew things would happen. Things would speed up a little it. There would be a cobweb built around the earth, and people would talk across this cobweb. When this talking cobweb, the telephone, was built around the earth, a sign of life would appear in the east, but it would tilt and bring death (the swastika of the Nazis). It would come with the sun. But the sun itself would rise one day, not in the east but in the west (the rising sun of the Japanese Empire).

So the elders said, "When you see the sun rising in the east, and you see the sign of life reversed and tilted in the east, you will know that the Great Death is to come upon the earth. Now is when the Great Spirit will grab the earth again in His hand and shake it, and this shaking will be worse than the first."

So the sign of life reversed and tilted, we call that the Swastika, and the rising sun in the east was the Rising Sun of Japan. These two symbols are carved in stone in Arizona. When the elders saw these two flags, they knew that these were the signs that the earth was to be shaken again.

The worse misuse of the Guardianship of the fire is called the gourd of ashes. They said the gourd of ashes will fall from the air. It will make the people like blades of grass in the prairie fire, and things will not grow for many seasons. The atomic bomb, the gourd of ashes, it was the best-kept secret in the history of the US. The elders wanted to speak about it in 1920.

They would have spoken of it and foretold its coming if they could have entered into the League of Nations. The elders tried to contact President Roosevelt to ask him not to use the gourd of ashes because it would have a great effect on the earth and eventually cause even greater destruction and a the Third Shaking of the Earth, the Third World War.

So they knew after the Second Shaking of the Earth when they saw the gourd of ashes fall from the sky, there would be an attempt to make peace on the other side of this land. And because the peace attempt on the west coast had failed, they would build a special house on the east coast of this Turtle Island, and all the nations and peoples of the Earth would come to this house, and it would be called the House of Mica, and it would shine like the mica on the desert shines.

So the elders began to see they were building the United Nations made out of glass that reflects like the mica on the desert so they knew this was the House of Mica, and all the peoples of the earth should go to it. So they met and talked about this. They said that in the 1920's they had written and they had not been responded to, so they said this time we¹d better go to the front door of the House of Mica because things might get a lot worse.

So elders representing a number of tribes drove to New York City. When the United Nations opened, they went to the front door of the house of Mica and they said these words, "We represent the indigenous people of North America, and we wish to address the nations of the Earth. We're going to give you four days to consider whether or not we will be allowed to speak."

They retreated to one of the Six Nations Reserves in New York State. Four days later they came back, and I believe the nations of the earth heard that the Indians had come to the door. And they voted to let the Indians in. They wanted to hear what they had to say. But the United States is one of five nations of the United Nations with a veto power, and still they were concerned because this time the Native sovereignty was even stronger. And I believe they vetoed the entrance of the Native people.

So then they knew other things would happen on the Earth. So they retreated to the Six Nations Reserve, and they talked about this, and they said the time is really getting close now -- 1949. They said, "We're going to divide the United States into four sections, and each year we¹re going to have a gathering. We¹re going to call these the White Roots of Peace Gatherings."

They began to have these around 1950. And they authorized certain people to speak in English for the first time about these prophecies.

One that I used to listen to many times, over and over, was Thomas Banyaca. He was authorized to speak in English about what was on the stone tablets, and he has dedicated his life to doing this. And they began to tell us at these gatherings, "You're going to see a time in your lifetime when the human beings are going to find the blueprint that makes us."

They call that now DNA, deoxyribonucleic acid. They said, "They're going to cut this blueprint."

They call that now genetic splicing. And they said they're going to make new animals upon the Earth, and they're going to think these are going to help us. And it's going to seem like they do help us. But maybe the grandchildren and great-grandchildren are going to suffer.

The elders said long ago, "They will release these things, and they will use them." This is going to be released not too long from now. They are making new animals. The elders talked about this. "You will see new animals, and even the old animals will come back, animals that people thought had disappeared. They will find them here and there. They¹ll begin to reappear."

"You're going to see a time when the eagle will fly its highest in the night, and it will land upon the moon. And at that time, many of the Native people will be sleeping, which symbolically means they have lost their teachings. We're at that time now. The Eagle has landed on the moon, 1969. When that spaceship landed, they sent back the message, "The Eagle has landed."

Traditionally, Native people from clear up in the Inuit region have shared with us this prophecy, clear down to the Quechuas in South America.

At this time you're going to see that things will speed up, that people on the Earth will move faster and faster. Grandchildren will not have time for grandparents. Parents will not have time for children. It will seem like time is going faster and faster. The elders advised us that, as things speed up, you yourself should slow down. The faster things go, the slower you go. Because there"s going to come a time when the Earth is going to be shaken a third time. The Great Spirit has shaken the Earth two times: the First and Second World Wars to remind us that we are a human family, to remind us that we should have greeted each other as brothers and sisters. We had a chance after each shaking to come together in a circle that would have brought peace on earth, but we missed that.

CONTINUED

CHEROKEE NATION

NATIVE AMERICAN PROPHECIES

PROPHETS AND PROPHECIES INDEX

ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF ALL FILES

CRYSTALINKS MAIN PAGE

CRYSTALINKS MAILING LIST, NEWSLETTER, UPDATES

PSYCHIC READING WITH ELLIE

cherokee Profecies

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

sent by a Native Elder to me feel it effect us too

2008-01-09T23:55:18Z

This is really horrible news. Hope you read it.

As our World continues its entrance to this new century, and as our Global food supply continues to plummet, and as new diseases continue their rampage, it remains to be seen if the Western World will ever awaken to threat they have created, not just to themselves, but to the entire human race.
[Ed. Note: The United States government actively seeks to find, and silence, any and all opinions about the United States except those coming from authorized government and/or affiliated sources, of which we are not one. No interviews are granted and very little personal information is given about our contributors, or their sources, to protect their safety.]

January 6, 2008

Media Blackout Ordered As UK Begins Mass Burials

By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Western Subscribers

Disturbing reports from Britain today are showing that their government has invoked their dreaded Official Secrets Act as a mysterious pandemic sweeps their Nation leaving an, estimated, 3,000 people dead and leaving ‘no choice’ for British Health Officials but to begin mass burials.

British media sources are reporting on this pandemic as being due to a virus, and as we can read as reported by Guardian News Service in their report titled "Vomiting bug to get worse", and which says:

"Infections from the debilitating Norovirus stomach bug will peak this week as millions return to work after the holidays and spread the germs, the government has warned. The virus, which was responsible for closing more than 100 hospital wards last week and Doctors estimate that more than 100,000 people a week are catching the infection - and the rate may peak this week as the virus takes the opportunity to spread in the workplace and classrooms.

Reported cases of the illness from early December are at a five-year-high, but the real figure is likely to be much greater as most sufferers do not seek medical attention. People struck down have been urged by GPs not to go back to work until the symptoms have fully disappeared."

Russian scientists, however, though noting that the Norovirus is indeed a highly contagious disease, are in disagreement with their British counterparts and are stating that the symptoms being reported by the British victims being attacked by this disease are more consistent with a variant of the H5N1 Avian Influenza virus which the United Kingdom has been reporting numerous outbreaks of this past year.

Russian Health Authorities were, also, highly critical of the British Governments decision in mid-December to lift their remaining restrictions following an outbreak of the deadly Avian Flu in southeastern England, but even more strongly condemned Britain’s decision to allow the continued sale to their citizens of poultry for their Christmas season.

To the fullest truth of this mysterious disease affecting millions of British citizens, and which has now been reported in Ireland, it is not in our knowing, but what is a matter of record is Britain’s Health Authorities engaging in cover-ups to hide from their people the true and catastrophic deaths attributed to disease, and as we can read as reported by London’s Daily Mail News Service:

"Edwin died on April 12 last year aged 82. He had been in hospital for just a fortnight after complaining of feeling frail while on holiday. Although Edwin had suffered from rectal cancer in the past, the disease was in remission and Joan says that he was expected to make a full recovery at the hospital - until he caught C. diff.

His death, and thousands of others, lie at the heart of a growing scandal over NHS superbugs. Yesterday Tory leader David Cameron said hospitals should be fined for every patient who catches an infection on their wards. But would such a crackdown just lead to more secrecy about superbugs?

In 2006 almost 56,000 elderly hospital patients caught C. diff, which is spread by poor hygiene, dirty hands and soiled bedding. Amazingly, we still don't know how many of these people died because the figures have not yet been released by the NHS. In 2005, the latest year that death statistics for C. diff were available, 3,807 hospital patients died, a rise of almost 70 per cent over the previous 12 months.

But the truth is that this figure may be utterly meaningless because many people, including Joan, believe there is a cover-up over the figures.

As this investigation has discovered, when a person dies from a hospital superbug the details are often left off the death certificate. The practice has become so widespread that last autumn the Government's chief medical officer, Sir Liam Donaldson, wrote to hospitals and doctors warning them that any dishonesty has to stop."

Of the greatest concern, however, of these events are the British peoples following the dangerous path of their American counterparts by consuming vast quantities of genetically modified (GM) foods, and which scientific reports have proven allow new viruses to enter the human body leading to weakened immune systems.

It is interesting to note, too, that while the death toll mounts in Britain from this mysterious pandemic, the French government, and seeing the disaster unfolding in their European neighbor, is contemplating the total ban of all genetically modified crops in their country.

As our World continues its entrance to this new century, and as our Global food supply continues to plummet, and as new diseases continue their rampage, it remains to be seen if the Western World will ever awaken to threat they have created, not just to themselves, but to the entire human race.

© January 6, 2008 EU and US all rights reserved.

[Ed. Note: The United States government actively seeks to find, and silence, any and all opinions about the United States except those coming from authorized government and/or affiliated sources, of which we are not one. No interviews are granted and very little personal information is given about our contributors, or their sources, to protect their safety.]

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

wow 270 members where has everyone gone?

2008-01-09T23:54:29Z

I just reviewed all your pics and saw faces I have not heard from here on this tribe or in recieving a hello in a message.
I extend to you all a Happy New year (even though it is not our traditional calender as you know). I wish that (and every tribe has a different name for great mystery great spirit and or the creator) But I wish that Great Mystery and Whatever you prefer to call the higher being that made the earth and watches over us..bring to each of you happiness health, enough money to live on, a roof over your head, friends and or family that love you and all Blessings!!!!!!!!!!!
This tribe used to be hopping with excitement and new posts every day.
Lets think of the poor Lakota and others of our race who suffer and give thanks for what we have. I wish all 270 of us could afford a journey to the Lakota Nation as a group (in the real physical world) and do something to help.
Please continue your posts and lets bring this tribe back alive!
Respectfully
Kalonasahaniwaya (RavenBlueWolf)

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 4 replies

inspiration?

2008-01-08T06:16:53Z

I just wanted to post this as an inspiration & a call for postings of positive change & goings on. Please don't get me wrong, I'm not saying all the posts of hardship & injustice are not welcome, for we cannot change what we are not aware of. It is just that we can get weary in the plight, if we don't actively put some lightheartedness to good use as well. If there is a leader for change in your community, a fun Pow Wow, potlach, informative cultural story, or first nations artist you'd like to mention I'm sure everyone would love to partake of it. -those are just some ideas to get the ball rolling & get everyone out of their winter hibernation, c'mon everyone lets get this board rockin !!!

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

2Eagle Stories

2008-01-08T03:00:04Z

2Eagle Stories

Death of an Eagle
by Brookie Craig
Recently, I went to the Warm Springs reservation in Oregon and then to the Federal Eagle Repository in Ashland Oregon.
You probably never heard of Nathan Jim, Jr. He was a Yakima Indian who was arrested for illegal possession of Eagle Feathers and parts, by the Feds a couple years ago. He languished in fed jail for l4 months awaiting trial and was finally put on probation for this heinous crime. His lawyer appealed it under the new Religious Freedom act which guarantees Native Americans the right to eagle feathers to practice their religious ceremonies and again lost the appeal..He killed himself fearing that (in his mind) it would mean that the feds would rearrest him and sentence him to jail again.
This so moved his prosecuting US Attorney that he grabbed a bundle of eagle feathers at the Fed Eagle Repository (yes..our tax dollars at work) and drove to the reservation so they can use them for Nathan's spirit sending ceremony (burial) but arrived too late so Nathan didn't even get a feather in death.
I decided to continue the challenge to the Feds and drove to Ashland Oregon where they keep dead Eagles (yes..its true they have a Eagle repository there) and with much dread and fear (we NA do not TRUST the feds, having felt their wrath many times in the past) and trembled my way through the door fully expecting the worst. I was met at the counter by a little old lady who is a volunteer there. While holding my Bureau of Indian Affairs ID card in one hand and my Cherokee Tribal Registration card in the other, I tried to remember my Ancestors who would want my voice to be strong and proud. I stood a little taller and I said, "I want a Eagle Feather which is my right under the Religious Freedom Act." I expected a lightning bolt to come down but instead saw a gentle smile as she softly said, "Of course," walked over and handed me a a packet of federal forms to fill out with instructions to send in to the Portland office of the US department of Wildlife management.
I smiled as I read that I will have to have signed references from another Elder and Verification from the Bureau of Indian Affairs AND my Tribe to prove that I am, indeed a REAL Indian. References even for a Eagle Feather.
She asks..."Do you want a Bald or a Golden Eagle?" CHOICES!?!? I'm not prepared..."Do you want just a wing..or talons..or the head...or the whole eagle?" WHAT?!?!?! I come in expecting to be arrested for asking for ONE feather and they're offering me the WHOLE bird!?! I am confused by the offer and She sees that I'm unprepared for them offering me choices of parts of this sacred bird and smiles her suggestion that perhaps I might want to look at the drawings of the parts of the bird, circle what I want and include it with the forms...I am defeated instantly by her gentleness.
I ask her how they send an Eagle to me and she replies through the U.S. Mail..THE MAIL!?! I cannot envision receiving a dead Eagle through the mail and smile at the thought that I might owe postage due upon receipt.
Walking out the door I turn my head and see a stuffed Eagle, sitting silently perched proudly, in a glass cage, on display in the main lobby and overwhelming sadness fills my heart as I realize that another Eagle fell from the sky...a man, also fearful but who stood up for his beliefs, who will never be remembered by anyone for a cause that no one really cares about I guess...and the thought of his falling in vain fills me with a sense of profound grief, for our People believe that the Eagle is the sacred Messenger who brings the messages from our Creator...The thought hits me that no one will hear that message for the Eagle plunged to Mother Earth and perhaps mankind might have had a chance to have heard something sacred, but now...will never know.
There is something terribly tragic in that. I hope someone hears this message and cares about Nathan Jim, Jr. and the Eagle who fell from the sky.
There is something inherently evil in the system of a country, that was founded by people escaping religious persecution, that fills it's citizens with such fear that they kill themselves over what they consider to be a basic right of religious freedom.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Eagle Feather
by Randy Macey, Mohawk
When the world was new, the Creator made all the birds. He colored their feathers like a bouquet of flowers. The Creator then gave each a distinct song to sing. The Creator instructed the birds to greet each new day with a chorus of their songs. Of all the birds, our Creator chose the Eagle to be the leader. The Eagle flies the highest and sees the furthest of all creatures. The Eagle is a messenger to the Creator. During the Four Sacred Riguals we will wear an Eagle Feather in our hair. To wear or to hold the Eagle Feather causes our Creator to take immediate notice. With the Eagle Feather the Creator is honored in the highest.
When one recieves an Eagle Feather that person is being acknowledged with gratitude, with love, and with ultimate respect. That feather must have sacred tobacco burnt for it. In this way the Eagle and the Creator are notified of the name of the new Eagle Feather Holder. The holder of the Eagle Feather must ensure that anything that changes the natural state of ones mind (Alcohol and Drugs) must never come in contact with the sacred Eagle Feather. The keeper of the feather will make a little home where the feather will be kept. The Eagle feather must be fed. You feed the Eagle Feather by holding or wearing the feather at sacred ceremonies. By doing this the Eagle Feather is recharged with sacred energy. Never abuse, never disrespect, and never contaminate your Eagle Feather. The Mohawk man will have three Eagle Feathers standing straight up on his Kahstowa (feather hat).

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

Pine Ridge Reservation

2008-01-07T14:25:54Z

MOTHER EARTH WATCH

Radioactive River

At Pine Ridge Rez

(South Dakota) -- Radiation warning signs were posted on Wednesday, July 18, 2007 in the small town of Red Shirt, South Dakota which lies on the northwest corner of the Pine Ridge Reservation. Several of these signs were placed warning people of the high nuclear radiation levels found in the Cheyenne River.

Several weeks ago Everitt Poor Thunder, a spiritual and community leader in Red Shirt, asked Defenders of the Black Hills, an environmental organization, whether the Cheyenne River water could be used to irrigate a community garden. A local well could not be used as it was found to be radioactive and warning signs surround that structure. The water well taps into the Inyan Kara aquifer that also contains the Lakota and Fall River formations, making up an extremely large aquifer of water supplies for many regions.

Residents of Red Shirt occupy a village site that is thousands of years old to the Oglala Tetuwan (Sioux) people. Many have lived here all of their lives, growing gardens with water taken from the Cheyenne River and fishing for catfish, bass, and turtles. In the summer months, the river is used for swimming and other recreational pursuits.

A water sample taken from the Cheyenne River was sent to a laboratory and the results revealed levels of alpha radiation above the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA) Maximum Contaminant Level. Alpha radiation causes harm when ingested hence the warning signs were placed to warn people of the dangers in the Cheyenne River.

Read More...

Manataka Indian American Council
http://www.manataka.org

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

Eddie Madril !

2008-01-02T00:01:18Z

I just wanted to share this today as when I watched it it expanded my understanding. My 3 mo. old could not get enough of his hoop dance today. I think she will have alot to teach me too.

http://youtube.com/watch?v=fnIC0zxzjQw

Meegwich, thank you to Eddie Madril & to those that continue to post & made it possible for me to find his link today!

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

needed advice from members of this tribe..please contribute as I am perplexed..what do you want for this tribe?

2007-12-31T10:27:31Z

I don't understand why they don't get it..I had 11 requests to join the tribes (Native American) that I moderate..some just joined tribe others have no pictures or friends....so I decline them..some are new agers or just curious but they don't seem to get it..should I let them in..can always delete them later? I need advice from thic council of this tribe. Thanks This is what I tell them:
Native Americans do not fit into a new age catagory we are a people, nations..with traditions..much to resech on the web..but we remain in solidarity as far as this tribe is concerned most of the time
Have you tried these tribes:
Nativepeoples
NativeAmerican
Native American Prayer and Wisdom
NDNZ?

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 10 replies

Lakota Freedom

2007-12-30T17:48:47Z

We would like to make a special acknowledgement of all the Indigenous Nations and Independence Movements who have contacted us with their support.

Aho! We've had more than half a million hits on our website in one week! Thanks for your interest and support!

Pilameya! Many thanks to all people who are sharing their support and solidarity with us. People from more than 100 different nations have visited our website. The whole world is watching!

http://www.lakotafreedom.com/

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

posted on another of my tribes Lakota Sioux withdrawal from all US treaties.

2007-12-29T15:15:15Z

Lakota Sioux withdrawal from all US treaties.
Sun, December 23, 2007 - 8:09 PM
Lakota Sioux Indian representatives declared sovereign nation status Wednesday in Washington D.C. following Monday’s withdrawal from all previously signed treaties with the United States Government

Lakotafreedom.com

For more than a year and a half prior to this December announcement, Lakota delegates have been meeting with the traditional treaty councils of Lakota to build critical mass for this action.

In the face of the colonial apartheid conditions imposed on Lakota people, the withdrawal from the U.S. Treaties is necessary. These conditions have been devastating:

* Lakota men have a life expectancy of less than 44 years, lowest of any country in the World (excluding AIDS) including Haiti.
* Lakota death rate is the highest in the United States.
* The Lakota infant mortality rate is 300% more than the U.S. Average.
* More than half the Reservation's adults battle addiction and disease.
* The Tuberculosis rate on Lakota reservations is approx 800% higher than the U.S national average.
* Alcoholism affects 8 in 10 families.
* Median income is approximately $2,600 to $3,500 per year.
* 1/3 of the homes lack basic clean water and sewage while 40% lack electricty.
* 60% of housing is infected with potentially fatal black molds.
* 97% of our Lakota people live below the poverty line.
* Unemployment rates on our reservations is 85% or higher.
* Federal Commodity Food Program provides high sugar foods that kill Native people through diabetes and heart disease.
* Teenage suicide rate is 150% higher than the U.S national average for this group.
* Our Lakota language is an Endangered Language, on the verge of extinction.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

Defense of the sacred Sanctuary of the Pajes in Brazil

2007-12-14T19:26:20Z

Just wanted to share with my borhters here something that is hapenning in Brazil right now!
I. Defense of the SACRED Sanctuary of the Pajés -
Ministry of the Spiritual Indians.
Last redoubt of the spirit of the great TUPAO in Brasilia.
Last sacred sanctuary of pajés, situated inside the ecological reserve inside aboriginal Bananal, in the federal district Brasilia, is in imminence of disappearing for the financial interests of the powerful ones of Brasilia. This ecological reserve of the biodiversity of the open pasture already was put under trust by the ONU in 1992 as project APABANANAL, qualified as "Reserve of the world-wide biosphere" The presence of the indigenous group in the place has contributed for environmental preservation of the region without cost or responsibility for the state. The area holds in the underground, a water reserve that functions as natural drinking waters reservoir currently supplying the city of Brasilia and the tributaries of the basin of the Paranoá lake.
From the environmentalist point of view, the participants of the Sanctuary of the Pajés are the proper ones and only protectors of the ecological park against the forest fires of the open pasture (usually about 40 interventions /monthly), against the predators of nature of all types (hunting of wild animals, garbage deposits, arsonists, water thives, professional invaders, chemical garbage, dealers of stolen cars etc...)
The cultural rescue of the Ancestral ones, the Pajé Santxiê from the leadership of the Sanctuary, supports group activities that develop the traditional permaculture with the culture of medicinal plants, phytotherapy, the planting of a variety of vegetable species not known by the western cultures, as goals for rescuing the wisdom of the ancestral medicines as well as reproducing as much as possible the native environment of the Amazonian forest.
The inhabitants of the reservation keep the identity and original indigenous tradition. Rescuing many cultures from several ethnic backgrounds, the Ministry of Spiritual Indians functions as a Village Lodge for the Indians that go through the city of Brasilia, and is also a refuge for the "Relatives forsaken in this violent city for a man of the nature".
(Galdino Pataxó, an Indian assassinated by being burned alive in 04/20/97 in the Commitment Square really close to FUNAI/ Indian National Foundation).
In the Sanctuary of the Pajés called Ministry of the Spiritual Indians, rituals of all the ancestors and people from the forest are practiced , and also from the Americas and the entire world and the rituals of all aboriginal people like: Massaï from Africa, Aborígines from Australia, Xamãs native aboriginal peoples from Nicaragua, Mexico, Chile, Peru, Bolivia, Equator, Guatemala, Venezuela, North America, Canada etc.. .
II. HISTORY OF THE RECONQUERING OF THE SACRED SANCTUARY OF THE PAJES
Brasilia Poltergeist?
Is it possible to construct a just and prosperous society over the suffering of a sacred and heroic population, like it was described and qualified by some civilized historians regarding INDIGENOUS PEOPLE Of THE GREAT TUPAO of Brazil.) Historically, the conquered, the Indians, had no rights to have properties on their own land, generally distributed as gratuity to the influential white gentlemen of to the allies who were favorable to the powerful politicians of the moment. Today also they are distributed as a gratuity for any political or commercial profit without presenting a policy for regularization of illicit enrichment.
The churches also have actively participated to this bleeding of indigenous lands and are the illegitimate owners of indigenous lands in BRAZIL. The vision of the Indian as an under race, without right to his land, is always present in the head of some powerful unfortunate persons and even more, they are articulating with the highest powers of the Brazilian nation and other Nations, thus forming a new type of international conquerors of the obscurantism against the last land redoubts of the INDIGENOUS lands.
Brasilia was constructed on areas originally with a population of more than 1 million of Indians; many aboriginal nations and cultures had been destroyed or banish without any compensation. Also the fauna and flora have been exterminated as in the case of the Buriti from where comes the name of the palace of the GVN (80,000 units in the mains square of “3 Powers”) and causing many Aboriginal nations to disappear.
PARTIALLY OR COMPLETELY: TAPUYA, KAYAPOS, KARAJAS, AWACANOERA, TIMBIRO, TAPIRAPEI, JAVAE, GOYA, KRISHA, FULNI-O, CARIRI XOCÔ, TUXÁ, XACRIABA, KAYAPO, TRUMAY and plus all people from the XINGU reservation etc... The history accounts that the foundations of the buildings of Brasilia remained as sanctuaries of the resistant people against the white invaders. The ancestors of the Pajés of the TAPUYA nation lived in this sacred land before the arrival of the conquering Portuguese colonists. In 1969, pajés Santxiê and Towe had repurchased (in the amount of approximately 1 million dollars) from the white’s occupants, the legal titles to property that where legitimated notifications of properties for the notary's office of the Brazilian state. The goal was to rescue ancestral indigenous lands in a pacific way and not to enter in conflict with the "illegitimate rights of the ownership of indigenous lands, that were inflicted by the use of force by the colonists"...
Even after those events , the lobbing politicians against the Indians and the historical racial constraint of the Imperialist Colonialist Civilization still have a strong voice over this.
The Real estate company of Brasilia-TERRACAP is proclaiming:
"WE ALREADY WON!!!, the SANCTUARY Of the PAJES IS OURS, FOR COMMERCIALIZATION Of THE HOUSING PROJECT OF THE NORTHWEST SECTOR", divided in 20 super blocks and adding 220 apartment blocks plus one thousand business units plus adding a population increment of 40 thousand inhabitants.
ALERT: The PEOPLE HAVE OPEN EYES IN RELATION TO GRATUITIES, IN RELATION TO THE POLITICIANS, PUBLIC ORGANIZATIONS....
GENTLEMEN THERE IS STILL TIME TO REVISE And COMPLY WITH YOUR TASKS. WE ALREADY HAVE INFORMED YOU!

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 4 replies

Native American history needs retelling

2007-12-11T16:56:11Z

Thanksgiving portrays stereotypes that some find offensive
BY LINDA DeNICOLA Correspondent
November is American Indian Heritage Month and also the month when people across the country remember the Native Americans who are part of the Thanksgiving story. But some Native Americans are not happy about Thanksgiving because the stereotypes of their people are often caricatures and don't reflect the complexity of the tribes and nations that lived on the lands that stretch across this country long before the Europeans settled here.

ANDREW MILLER staff Helen Rende, Marlboro, vice president of the Intertribal American Indians of New Jersey, stokes the fire at a discussion and demonstration of Native American customs and crafts at Thompson Park, Monroe Township.

"For many American Indians, the holidays are bittersweet. On the one hand, it's wonderful to get together with friends and family, but all that joy is overshadowed by the assault of stereotypical images of Indians that begin to appear on TV, in newspapers, and on greeting cards around Halloween and continue throughout Thanksgiving.

"It's very painful," said Helen Rende, who is a Kahnawake Mohawk and vice president of Intertribal American Indians of New Jersey, (ITNJ), a group that is dedicated to educating the public about Amer- ican Indian culture, and history. ITNJ provides programs for schools, corporations, universities and health-care organizations.

ANDREW MILLER staff Examples of Native American jewelry, authentic and fakes, were on display.

She explained that the Kahnawake Mohawk is a nation as opposed to a tribe. By definition, tribe refers to a group of people of any size who have no specific rights, while nation refers to people who, over centuries, occupy an area, have and speak the same native language and have had their government in place since time immemorial. They know who their people are and where they come from.

ITNJ meets monthly in the log cabin at Thompson Park in Monroe. Last week, the discussion focused on an article written by the prominent Native American writer Michael Dorris, "Why I'm Not Thankful for Thanksgiving."

Dorris says in his article that feasting was an important Native American cultural tradition. He noted that it is most likely that there had been a Thanksgiving feast with Pilgrims and Native Americans, but it would have been the Native Americans who prepared the meal of pumpkins, turkey, corn and squash.

He writes that "Thanksgiving, like much of American history, is complex, multifaceted and will not bear too close scrutiny without revealing a less than heroic aspect. Knowing the truth about Thanksgiving, both its proud and shameful motivations and history, might well benefit contemporary children. But the glib retelling of an ethnocentric and self-serving falsehood does not do one any good," he writes.

Mary Anne Ross, whose husband was Lakota, said she lived on Pine Ridge Indian Reservation in South Dakota for a while. Although she is not a Native American herself, she has been closely associated with them, and her children are part Lakota. She noted that there are still about 500 different tribes and village groups that speak about 140 different languages.

"I did volunteer work in South Dakota and got used to the Dakota Indians, but when I came back here and met Mohawks, I realized that they are a very different group," she said.

Ross added that most people don't know that each nation is a separate ethnic group with its own culture, even though there are some commonalities.

"They each have their own identities. But Thanksgiving kind of glosses over that and many of the horrific things that happened to the Native American people," she said. "Thanksgiving shows the Pilgrims and the Indians getting together. But it doesn't show what happened afterward when there was a lot of fighting with the Indians and Indians were massacred.

"The stereotypes are very painful for my friends. It discounts what the American Indians suffered within this country," she said.

According to the Web site NativeAmericans. com, when the Europeans came to America, there were probably about 10 million Indians populating America north of present-day Mexico. It is believed that the first Native Americans arrived during the last ice age, approximately 20,000-30,000 years ago through a land bridge across the Bering Sound, from northeastern Siberia into Alaska. The oldest documented Indian cultures in North America are Sandia (15,000 B.C.), Clovis (12,000 B.C.) and Folsom (8,000 B.C.)

Although it is believed that the Indians originated in Asia, few, if any of them, came from India. The name "Indian" was first applied to them by Christopher Columbus, who believed mistakenly that the mainland and islands of America were part of the Indies, in Asia.

When the Europeans started to arrive in the 16th and 17th century, they were met by Native Americans who regarded their white- complexioned visitors as something of a marvel, not only for their outlandish dress and beards and winged ships but even more for their wonderful technology, i.e., steel knives and swords, cannons, mirrors, earrings, copper and brass kettles, and so on.

However, conflicts eventually arose, especially over the land, which, for the Native American, has its own rhythms and spirit. Nature to the Europeans was something of an obstacle, even an enemy. It was also a commodity: A forest was so many board feet of timber, a beaver colony so many pelts, a herd of buffalo so many robes and tongues.

According to the Native American Web site, the Europeans brought with them not only a desire and will to conquer the new continent for all its material richness, but also brought with them diseases that hit the Indians hard. Conflicts developed between the Native Americans and the invaders, the latter arriving in overwhelming numbers.

At the last ITNJ meeting, member artisans demonstrated the differences between genuine American Indian arts and crafts and false imitations.

"We want people to understand why it's important to know the difference. American Indian arts and crafts are actually protected through federal law," explained Brenda Davis, treasurer for the group.

Intertribal American Indians of New Jersey is a nonprofit organization that also provides social activities and support to American Indians living in New Jersey.

"We feel it's important to educate the public to counter stereotypes. We develop presentations to meet the needs of our audiences, using different modalities. Sometimes we may do a craft workshop, a demonstration of dance and music, a lecture or film presentation. Our programming for schools meets the curriculum guidelines for grades K-12," Rende said.

InterTribal American Indians of N.J. is an organization, created circa 1980, to meet the needs of American Indians from across North and South America who are now living in New Jersey. Members have represented nations including Mohawk, Cayuga, Seneca, Cherokee, Delaware, Apache, Lakota and Hopi.

Programs include language (Mohawk and Lakota) speakers from different reserves/reservations, on current issues affecting American Indians, and American Indians representing different professions

and agencies discussing

their purposes or possible opportunities.

On Dec. 15, the public is invited to a demonstration of American Indian toys and stories about Mohawk holiday celebrations. Children will be encouraged to make an American Indian item.

On Jan. 19, during a presentation called "Winter Games," families will learn about the Snow Snake and how and why snowshoes were made.

For more information about ITNJ meetings or to arrange for a speaker, contact Mary Anne Ross at (732) 238-3792 or e-mail her at maryanneross123@yahoo.com.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

any oral tradition or knowlege past down of giants from any Nations/tribes?

2007-12-08T23:24:58Z

uk.youtube.com/watch

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

couple of things

2007-12-05T12:09:34Z

new people with no friends and often have no picture who just joined tribe..they give no reasonable explaination as to why they want to join this and othe native tribes I moderate...when there are others..usually tey want to find out obout grandma..but I am careful who Ilet in..still you old tribe members have seemed to have stopped posting...is everyone feeling the blues?
Second I wonder what if anything you all have heard about 2012..and if any oral tradition speaks of the giants of the past, UFO's and some of the weirder things attached to 2012?

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 10 replies

research and nosey hackers

2007-11-20T09:14:38Z

I have completed a short story and writing it to film. It is about a twin who has lost his twin and searches for him. They are of course Native Americans and started another on a 2 spirit (which the white man considers gay but is not) I feel that since I am being hacked into that I am unable to do research into areas for writing as though that might be seen as my personality but I must write and do research. This latest story is about a character called Michael Hummingbird. I am also doing reseach into aboriginal/australian and Native American connections in order to produce a film festival in Australia. This feeling of being watched on line is getting to me. I feel as though I have someone looking over my shoulder..still I must do research. I am open to any suggestions or knowledge into these areas.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

thin they are too late cough cough

2007-11-18T22:37:30Z

UN Panel Offers Dire Warming Forecast
By ARTHUR MAX,
Posted: 2007-11-17 19:58:33
Filed Under: Science News, World News
VALENCIA, Spain (Nov. 17) - The Earth is hurtling toward a warmer
climate at a quickening pace, a Nobel-winning U.N. scientific panel
said in a landmark report released Saturday, warning of inevitable
human suffering and the threat of extinction for some species.

Photo Gallery: Effects of Global Warming
Diana Haecker, AP
Beach erosion claims an Alaskan house. A climate change report from
earlier in 2007 predicts that sea levels will increase seven to 23
inches by 2100, speeding erosion and threatening coastal land.
1 of 17
U.N. Secretary-General Ban Ki-Moon said climate change imperils "the
most precious treasures of our planet" and called on the United States
and China - the world's two biggest polluters - to do more to fight it.

As early as 2020, 75 million to 250 million people in Africa will
suffer water shortages, residents of Asia's megacities will be at great
risk of river and coastal flooding, Europeans can expect extensive
species loss, and North Americans will experience longer and hotter
heat waves and greater competition for water, the report from the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change says.

The potential impact of global warming is "so severe and so sweeping
that only urgent, global action will do," Ban told the IPCC after it
issued its fourth and final report this year.

The IPCC adopted the report, along with a summary, after five days of
sometimes tense negotiations. It lays out blueprints for avoiding the
worst catastrophes - and various possible outcomes, depending on how
quickly and decisively action is taken.

The document says recent research has heightened concern that the poor
and the elderly will suffer most from climate change; that hunger and
disease will be more common; that droughts, floods and heat waves will
afflict the world's poorest regions; and that more animal and plant
species will vanish.

The Summary for Policymakers, and the longer version, called the
synthesis report, distill thousands of pages of data and computer
models from six years of research compiled by the IPCC.

The information is expected to guide policy makers meeting in Bali,
Indonesia, next month to discuss an agreement to succeed the Kyoto
Protocol, which expires in 2012.

Photo Gallery: Frightening Forecast for Earth
Martin Bernetti, AFP / Getty Images
Scientists laid out a timeline of the planet's future in April. 2007:
The world population surpasses 6.6 billion as more people now live in
cities than in rural areas, changing patterns of land use.
1 of 11
The panel was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize this year along with former
Vice President Al Gore for their efforts to raise awareness about the
effects of climate change.

The report is important because it is adopted by consensus, meaning
countries accept the underlying science and cannot disavow its
conclusions. While it does not commit governments to a specific course
of action, it provides a common scientific baseline for the political
talks.

The U.N. says a new global plan must be in place by 2009 to ensure a
smooth transition after the expiration of the Kyoto terms, which
require 36 industrial countries to radically reduce their carbon
emissions by 2012.

"There are real and affordable ways to deal with climate change," Ban
said. He said a new agreement should provide funding to help poor
countries adopt clean energy and to adapt to changing climates.

Ban encouraged the United States and China, which have stood apart from
the Kyoto accord, to join in the next phase of cooperative efforts
against climate change.

"I look forward to seeing the U.S. and China playing a more
constructive role starting from the Bali conference," Ban told
reporters. "Both countries can lead in their own way."

The report says emissions of carbon, which comes primarily from fossil
fuels, must stabilize by 2015 and go down after that. Otherwise the
consequences could be "disastrous," said IPCC chairman Rajendra
Pachauri.

In the best-case scenario, temperatures will continue to rise from
carbon already in the atmosphere, the report said. Even if factories
were shut down today and cars taken off the roads, the average sea
level will reach as high as 4 1/2 feet higher than the preindustrial
period, or about 1850.

"We have already committed the world to sea level rise," said Pachauri.
If the Greenland ice sheet melts, the scientists couldn't even predict
by how many meters the seas will rise, drowning coastal cities.

Photo Gallery: Big Cities at Risk From Rising Seas
Paula Bronstein, Getty Images
Bangkok, Thailand
Area Population: 7,221,000
1 of 14
Yet differences remain stark on how to control carbon emissions.

While the European Union has taken the lead in enforcing the carbon
emission targets outlined in Kyoto, the United States opted out of the
1997 accord.

President Bush described it as flawed because major developing
countries such as India and China, which are large carbon emitters,
were excluded from any obligations. He also favors a voluntary
agreement.

Sharon Hays, a White House science official and head of the U.S.
delegation, said the certainty of climate change was clearer now than
when Bush rejected Kyoto.

"What's changed since 2001 is the scientific certainty that this is
happening," she said in a conference call to reporters late Friday.
"Back in 2001 the IPCC report said it is likely that humans were having
an impact on the climate," but confidence in human responsibility had
increased since then.

"What's new is the clarity of the signal, how clear the scientific
message is," said Yvo de Boer, the U.N.'s top climate change official.
"The politicians have no excuse not to act."

Opening with a sweeping statement directed at climate change skeptics,
the summary declares that climate systems have already begun to change.

Unless action is taken, human activity could lead to "abrupt and
irreversible changes" that would make the planet unrecognizable.

Advocacy groups hailed the report as indispensable for the 10,000
delegates expected at Bali.

"We expect to see their personal copies of the Synthesis Report return
from Bali, battered and worn from frequent use, with paragraphs
underlined and notes in the margin," said Stephanie Tunmore of
Greenpeace.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

A Blackfoot Legend

2007-11-17T22:15:19Z

A Blackfoot Legend
Old Man came from the south, making the mountains, the prairies, and the forests as he passed along, making the birds and the animals also. He traveled northward making things as he went, putting red paint in the ground here and there --arranging the world as we see it today.

He made the Milk River and crossed it; being tired, he went up on a little hill and lay down to rest. As he lay on his back, stretched out on the grass with his arms extended, he marked his figure with stones. You can see those rocks today, they show the shape of his body, legs, arms and hair.

Going on north after he had rested, he stumbled over a knoll and fell down on his knees. He said aloud, "You are a bad thing to make me stumble so." Then he raised up two large buttes there and named them the Knees. They are called the Knees to this day. He went on farther north, and with some of the rocks he carried with him he built the Sweet Grass Hills.

Old Man covered the plains with grass for the animals to feed on. He marked off a piece of ground and in it made all kinds of roots and berries to grow: camas, carrots, turnips, bitterroot, sarvisberries, bull-berries, cherries, plums, and rosebuds. He planted trees, and he put all kinds of animals on the ground.

When he created the bighorn sheep with its big head and horns, he made it out on the prairie. But it did not travel easily on the prairie; it was awkward and could not go fast. So Old Man took it by its horns, led it up into the mountain, and turned it loose. There the bighorn skipped about among the rocks and went up fearful places with ease. So Old Man said to it, "This is the kind of place that suits you; this is what you are fitted for, the rocks, and the mountains."

While he was in the mountains, he made the antelope out of dirt and turned it loose to see how it would do. It ran so fast that it fell over some rocks and hurt itself. Seeing that the mountains were not the place for it, Old Man took the antelope down to the prairie and turned it loose. When he saw it running away fast and gracefully, he said, "This is what you are suited to, the broad prairie."

One day Old Man decided that he would make a woman and a child. So he formed them both of clay, the woman and the child, her son.

After he had molded the clay in human shape, he said to it,"You must be people." And then he covered it up and went away. The next morning he went to the place, took off the covering, looked at the images, and said "Arise and walk." They did so. They walked down to the river with their maker, and then he told them that his name was Napi, Old Man.

This is how we came to be people. It is he who made us.

The first people were poor and naked, and they did not know how to do anything for themselves. Old Man showed them the roots and berries and said "You can eat these." Then he pointed to certain trees, "When the bark of these trees is young and tender, it is good. Then you can peel it off and eat it."

He told the people that the animals also should be their food. "These are your herds," he said. "All these little animals that live on the ground -- squirrels, rabbits, skunks, beavers, are good to eat. You need not fear to eat their flesh. All the birds that fly, these too, I have made for you, so that you can eat of their flesh."

Old Man took the first people over the prairies and through the forests, then the swamps to show them the different plants he had created. He told them what herbs were good for sicknesses, saying often, "The root of this herb or the leaf of this herb, if gathered in a certain month of the year, is good for certain sickness."

In that way the people learned the power of all herbs.

Then he showed them how to make weapons with which to kill the animals for their food. First, he went out and cut some sarvisberry shoots, brought them in, and peeled the bark off them. He took one of the larger shoots, flattened it, tied a string to it, and thus made a bow. Then he caught one of the birds he had made, took feathers from its wing, split them, and tied them to a shaft of wood.

At first he tied four feathers along the shaft, and with this bow sent the arrow toward its mark. But he found that it did not fly well. When he used only three feathers, it went straight to the mark. Then he went out and began to break sharp pieces off the stones. When he tied them at the ends of his arrows, he found that the black flint stones, and some white flint, made the best arrow points.

When the people had learned to make bow and arrows, Old Man taught them how to shoot animals and birds. Because it is not healthful to eat animals' flesh raw, he showed the first people how to make fire. He gathered soft, dry rotten driftwood and made a punk of it. Then he found a piece of hard wood and drilled a hole in it with an arrow point. He gave the first man a pointed piece of hard wood and showed him how to roll it between his hands until sparks came out and the punk caught fire. Then he showed the people how to cook the meat of the animals they had killed and how to eat it.

He told them to get a certain kind of stone that was on the land, while he found a harder stone. With the hard stone he had them hollow out the softer one and so make a kettle. Thus, they made their dishes.

Old Man told the first people how to get spirit power: "Go away by yourself and go to sleep. Something will come to you in your dream that will help you. It may be some animal. Whatever this animal tells you in your sleep, you must do. Obey it. Be guided by it. If later you want help, if you are traveling alone and cry aloud for help, your prayer will be answered. It may be by an eagle, perhaps by a buffalo, perhaps by a bear. Whatever animal hears your prayer you must listen to it."

That was how the first people got along in the world, by the power given to them in their dreams.

After this, Old Man kept on traveling north. Many of the animals that he had created followed him. They understood when he spoke to them, and they were his servants. When he got to the north point of the Porcupine Mountains, he made some more mud images of people, blew his breath upon them, and they became people, men and women. They asked him, "What are we to eat?"

By way of answer, Old Man made many images of clay in the form of buffalo. Then he blew breath upon them and they stood up. When he made signs to them, they started to run. Then he said to the people, "Those animals--buffalo--are your food."

"But how can we kill them?" the people asked.

"I will show you," he answered.

He took them to a cliff and told them to build rock piles: "Now hide behind these piles of rocks," he said. "I will lead the buffalo this way. When they are opposite you, rise up."

After telling them what to do, he started toward the herd of buffalo. When he called the animals, they started to run toward him, and they followed him until they were inside the piles of rock. Then Old Man dropped back. As the people rose up, the buffalo ran in a straight line and jumped over the cliff.

"Go down and take the flesh of those animals," said Old Man.

The people tried to tear the limbs apart, but they could not. Old Man went to the edge of the cliff, broke off some pieces with sharp edges, and told the people to cut the flesh with these rocks. They obeyed him. When they had skinned the buffalo, they set up some poles and put the hides on them. Thus they made a shelter to sleep under.

After Old Man had taught the people all these things, he started off again, traveling north until he came to where the Bow and Elbow Rivers meet. There he made some more people and taught them the same things. From there he went farther north. When he had gone almost to the Red Deer River, he was so tired that he lay down on a hill. The form of his body can be seen there yet, on the top of the hill where he rested.

When he awoke from his sleep, he traveled farther north until he came to a high hill. He climbed to the top of it and there he sat down to rest. As he gazed over the country, he was greatly pleased by it. Looking at the steep hill below him, he said to himself, "This is a fine place for sliding. I will have some fun." And he began to slide down the hill. The marks where he slid are to be seen yet, and the place is known to all the Blackfeet tribes as "Old Man's Sliding Ground."

Old Man can never die. Long ago he left the Blackfeet and went away toward the west, disappearing in the mountains. Before he started, he said to the people, "I will always take care of you, and some day I will return."

Even today some people think that he spoke the truth and that when he comes back he will bring with him the buffalo, which they believe the white men have hidden. Others remember that before he left them he said that when he returned he would find them a different people. They would be living in a different world, he said, from that which he had created for them and had taught them to live in.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

ASURINI NATION FORM BRAZIL

2007-11-17T18:22:38Z

This is a beautiful video from the Asurini Tribe from Brazil, take a look, the images speak by themselves.
Peace, love and PRAY for the Condor/Eagle unity!

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v71DU4aa9Ek&eurl=http://people.tribe.net/f67420a4-efc1-4b-c63ee1550c3f

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 9 replies

someone asked in a message about the thunderbird

2007-11-07T16:25:20Z

The thunderbird in Native American legend traveled the currents of a thunder storm and was said to fly down and snatch up small children..there is myth,legend and scientific research on the subject...I once had reasearch saved on the subject but now I am only able to retrieve this amizon book on the subject:
http://www.amazon.com/Thunderbirds-Americas-Living-Legends-Giant/dp/193104497X

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

rich man's war and the Skins have been effected too

2007-11-02T07:38:42Z

John Trudell's album AKA Graffiti man Rich Man's War Jesse Ed Davis, John Trudell John Trudell (5:51)
(native American music plays and drums stay through the song)
SP?) native American's chant
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey yay oye
Rich man's war
Industrial streets
class lines
Money Talks
turning language to paper pieces
Rich man's war
Free man society
raging in violent insecurity
Nuclear man Nuclear woman
Unclear how to act
Rich man's war
Persings cruising Europe
America
Russia
Governmental nuclear views
Industrial allies cutting the world
As though they cannot see blood flowing
Rich man's war
Central America bleeding
Wounds same as Palestine and Harlem
Three mile island in El Salvador
Pine Ridge in Belfast
Rich man's war
The poor
Starving for food
Starving for land
Starving for peace
Starving for real
Rich man's war
Attacking human
Attacking Earth
Attacking tomorrow
Rich man's war
Thinking of always war
Thinking of always war
With machines for ancestors
New inborn generations
chemical umbilical cords are only wiring
and your electrical process....?
Human lives
Burnt offerings to the god of Greed
With lies for ancestors
There is no truth in some futures
Rumors of mines feeding souls to the control machine
Sacrifice ritual for the Profit of Technology
With isolation for ancestors
There is only the present
Bought by the credit material uses
Forging chains binding you to destruction
Compliments of your deities
The industrial priests
(SP?) native American's chant again)
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey yay oye

Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey yay oye
No more than NEON FLASH
Trying hiding in eon masks
Have to face who we really are
At some point we have no choice
Distant star distant light
In real world we are Human Being
In shadow of real world we are being human
Neon mask for neon flash
Distant thunder distant clouds
Passion rain
Drenched in possessions
what we take is hard to do
What we do is hard to take
Someones are crazy or maybe we take turns
Dreaming about some life we say could have been different
But it wasn't because we weren't
No matter what it turns out the same
Lots of things we said were not true
Industrial stories in an electrical instant
Neon mask neon flash neon flash
Thing is niolistic desires
Civilize gone insane
Didn't imagine it turning like this
Some things start good and go bad
Something get bad and stay bad
We are caught between living a lie
Or not living at all
Eliminated choices lost in dreams we let go
Memories we are never got to have
Something to think about
Waking up in industrial society
Surrounded by angry days
Going through emotions of not being
Wanting the best but not expecting it
Surviving paid for in dreams
Feeling like a world alone
Serving God with the Devil to pay
feeling like some thing in no place
What goes on in hell anyway?
Thing is it has to do with heart
We have to understand what hearts are for
Before we can get back
To heaven or paradise
By the power in our mind
(SP?) native American's chant again)
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey yay oye

Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey
Hey Yah ey yay hey yah hey yay oye

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

union representation in casinos

2007-10-11T13:13:13Z

It somehow seems incionsistent with the values of my ancestors that casinos oppose the unionization of casino workers.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

FOR ALL THOSE WHO WERE INDIAN IN A FORMER LIFE

2007-10-09T16:37:54Z

FOR ALL THOSE WHO WERE INDIAN IN A FORMER LIFE
By Andy Smith

The New Age Movement has sparked new interest in Native American traditional spirituality among white women who claim to be feminists. Indian
spirituality, with it's respect for nature and the interconnectedness of all
things, is often presented as the panacea for all individual and global
problems. Not surprisingly, many white "feminists" see the opportunity to
make a great profit from this craze. They sell sweat lodges or sacred pipe
ceremonies, which promise to bring individual and global healing. Or they
sell books and records that supposedly describe Indian traditional practices
so that you, too, can be Indian.

On the surface, it may appear that this new craze is based on a respect for
Indian spirituality. In fact, the New Age movement is part of a very old
story of white racism and genocide against the Indian people. The "Indian"
ways that these white, New Age feminists are practicing have little
grounding in Native American reality.

True spiritual leaders do not make a profit from their teachings, whether
it's through selling books, workshops, sweat lodges, or otherwise. Spiritual
leaders teach the people because it is their responsibility to pass what
they have learned from their elders to the younger generation. They do not
charge for their services.

Indian religions are community-based, not proselytizing, religions. There is
not one Indian religion, as many New Ager's would have you believe. Indian
spiritual practices reflect the needs of a particular community. Indians do
not generally believe that their way is "the" way, and consequently, they
have no desire to tell outsiders about their practices. A medicine woman
would be more likely to advise a white woman to look into her own culture and find what is liberating in it.

However, white women seem determined NOT to look into their own cultures for sources of strength. This is puzzling, since pre-Christian European cultures
are also earth-based and contain many of the same elements that white are
ostensibly looking for in Native American cultures. This phenomenon leads me
to suspect that there is a more insidious motive for white "feminists"
latching onto Indian spirituality.

When white "feminists" see how white people have historically oppressed
others and how they are coming to very close to destroying the earth, they
often want to dissociate themselves from their whiteness. They do this by
opting to "become Indian." In this way, they can escape responsibility and
accountability for white racism.

Of course, white "feminists" want to become only partly Indian. They do not
want to be part of our struggles for survival against genocide; they do not
want to fight for treaty rights or an end to substance abuse or
sterilization abuse. They do not want to do anything that would tarnish
their romanticized notions of what it means to become an Indian.

Moreover, white women want to become Indian without holding themselves
accountable to Indian communities. If they did, they would have to listen to
Indians telling them to stop carrying around sacred pipes, stop doing their
own sweat lodges, and stop appropriating our spiritual practices. Rather,
these New Agers see Indians as romanticized gurus who exist only to meet
their consumerist needs. Consequently, they do not understand Indian people
or our struggles for survival, and thus they can have no genuine
understanding of Indian spiritual practices.

While New Agers may think that they are escaping white racism by becoming
"Indian," they are, in fact, continuing the same genocidal practices of
their forefathers/foremothers. The one thing that has maintained the
survival of Indian people through 500 hundred years colonialism has been the
spiritual bonds that keep us together. When the colonizers saw the strength
of our spirituality, they tried to destroy Indian religions by making
illegal. They forced Indian children into white missionary schools and cut
their tongues if they spoke their native languages. Sundances were made
illegal and Indian participation in the Ghost Dance precipitated the Wounded
Knee massacre. Our colonizers recognized that it was our spirituality that
maintained our spirit of resistance and sense of community. Even today,
Indians are the only people in the United States who do not have religious
freedom. This was made clear when the Supreme Court recently ruled that the
First Amendment does not guarantee our right to use peyote in sacred
ceremonies.

Many white, New Age "feminists" are continuing this practice of destroying
spirituality. They trivialize Native American practices so that these
practices lose their spiritual power. They have the white privileges and
power to make themselves heard at the expense of Native Americans. Consumers like what many of these white writers have to tell them and do not want to become concerned with the facts presented by Native Americans. Our voices are silenced, and consequently, the younger generation of Indians who are trying to find their way back to the Old Ways become hopelessly lost in this
morass of consumerist spirituality.

These practices also promote the subordination of Indian women to white
women. Many white "feminists" tell us how greedy we are when we don't share our spirituality, and that we have to tell them everything they want to know because prophesies say we must. Apparently, it is our burden to service
white women's needs rather than to spend time organizing within our own
communities.

The New Age movement completely trivializes the oppression that we, as
Indian women face: that Indian women are forcibly sterilized and are tested
with unsafe drugs such as Depo-Provera; that we have a life expectancy of
forty seven years; that we generally live below poverty level and face a
seventy-five percent unemployment rate. No, ignoring our realities, the New
Age movement sees Indian women as cool and spiritual and therefore,
available to teach white women to be cool and spiritual.

This trivialization of our oppression is compounded by the fact that,
nowadays, anyone can be Indian if she wants to be. All that is required is
that a white woman be Indian in a former life or that she take part in a
sweat lodge or be mentored by a "medicine woman" or read a "how to" book.

Since, according to this theory, anyone can now be "Indian," the term
"Indian" no longer refers only to those groups of people who have survived
five hundred years of colonization and genocide. This phenomenon furthers
the goal of white supremists to abrogate treaty rights and to take away what
little we have left by promoting the idea that some Indians need to have
their land base protected, but even more Indians [those that are really
white] have plenty of land. According to this logic, "Indians" as a whole do
not need treaty rights. When everyone becomes "Indian" it is easy to lose
sight of the specificity of oppression faced by those who are Indian in this
life. It is no wonder we have such a difficult time getting non-Indians to
support our struggles when the New Age movement has completely disguised our oppression.

The most disturbing aspect of these racist practices is that they are
promoted in the name of feminism. Sometimes it seems that I can't open a
feminist periodical without seeing ads with little medicine wheel designs
promoting white "feminist" businesses. I can't seem to go to a feminist
conference without the only Indian presenter being the woman who begins the
conference with a ceremony. Participants feel so "spiritual" after this
opening that they fail to notice the absence of Indian women in the rest of
the conference or that nobody is discussing any pressing issues in Native
American communities. And I certainly can't go to a feminist bookstore
without seeing books by white women promoting Native spirituality. It seems
that, while feminism is supposed to signify the empowerment of all women, it
obviously does not include Indian women. If white feminists are going to act
in solidarity with their Indian sisters, they are gong to have to take a
stand against Indian spiritual abuse.

Feminist book and record stores selling these products, and feminist
periodicals should stop advertising these products. Women who call
themselves feminists should denounce exploitative practices where ever they
see them.

Many white feminists have claimed that Indians are not respecting "freedom
of speech" by demanding that whites stop promoting and selling books that
exploit Indian spirituality. However, promotion of this material is
destroying freedom of speech for Native Americans by ensuring that our
voices will never be heard. Furthermore, feminists already make choices
about what they will promote. I haven't seen many books by right-wing
fundamentalist women sold in feminist bookstores, since feminists recognized
that these books are oppressive to women. It is not a radical move to ask
that white women extend their feminist concerns to include Indian women. The
issue is not censorship; the issue is racism. Feminists must have a choice,
will they respect Indian political and spiritual autonomy or will they
promote materials that are fundamentally racist under the guise of "freedom
of speech."

White feminists should know that as long as they take part in Indian
spiritual abuse, either by being consumers of it or by refusing to take a
stand on it, Indian women will consider white "feminists" to be nothing more
than agents in the genocide of our people.

Our spirituality is not for sale!

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

The western world and cultural differences

2007-10-09T04:30:25Z

The western world is breathing down or asses..we are expected to know it but no one wants to know of our trditions..I want to start a tribe for non Native people to learn our Native culture and politics..anyone from a tribe nation would be expected to be ateacher...would you join?please?

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

welcome to some new members

2007-10-07T10:26:22Z

Welcome to some newe members who I have befriended as well. Exodus, White wolf, and Ma el (sp)?
Please do not be afraid to post or reply..this tribe was once alive with energy but it has it's summer lull in activity..more people are on tribe in the fall winter and spring.
Thanks for new members for joining and welcome to the special new friends who have befriended me
Kalonasahaniwaya

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

This is from my tribe the Blackfeet/Piegan and I hold this story for the ones to come after me , so they well know and learn the ways of our people and we will live foe always.

2007-10-07T10:23:45Z

This is from my tribe the Blackfeet/Piegan and I hold this story for the ones to come after me , so they well know and learn the ways of our people and we will live foe always.

The Piegan tribe was southernmost at the headwaters of the Missouri River in Montana, a subtribe belonging to the Siksika Indians of North Saskatchewan in Canada. Piegans were of the Algonquian linguistic family, but warlike toward most of their neighbouring tribes, since they had horses for raiding and were supplied with guns and ammunition by their Canadian sources. Piegans also displayed hostility toward explorers and traders. Several smallpox epidemics decimated their population. Now they are gathered on reservations on both sides of the border.
A girl of great beauty, the Chief's daughter, was worshipped by many young handsome men of the Piegan tribe. But she would not have any one of them for her husband.

One young tribesman was very poor and his face was marked with an ugly scar. Although he saw rich and handsome men of his tribe rejected by the Chief's daughter, he decided to find out if she would have him for her husband. When she laughed at him for even asking, he ran away toward the south in shame.

After travelling several days, he dropped to the ground, weary and hungry, and fell asleep. From the heavens, Morning-Star looked down and pitied the young unfortunate youth, knowing his trouble.

To Sun and Moon, his parents, Morning-Star said, "There is a poor young man lying on the ground with no one to help him. I want to go after him for a companion."

"Go and get him," said his parents.

Morning-Star carried the young man, Scarface, into the sky. Sun said, "Do not bring him into my lodge yet, for he smells ill. Build four sweat lodges."

When this was done, Sun led Scarface into the first sweat lodge. He asked Morning-Star to bring a hot coal on a forked stick. Sun then broke off a bit of sweet grass and placed it upon the hot coal. As the incense arose Sun began to sing, "Old Man is coming in with his body; it is sacred," repeating it four times.

Sun passed his hands back and forth through the smoke and rubbed them over the face, left arm, and side of Scarface. Sun repeated the ceremony on the boy's right side, purifying him and removing the odours of earthly people.

Sun took Scarface into the other three sweat lodges, performing the same healing ceremony. The body of Scarface changed color and he shone like a yellow light.

Using a soft feather, Sun brushed it over the youth's face, magically wiping away the scar. With a final touch to the young man's long, yellow hair, Sun caused him to look exactly like Morning-Star. The two young men were led by Sun into his own lodge and placed side by side in the position of honour.

"Old Woman," called the father. "Which is your son?"

Moon pointed to Scarface, "That one is our son."

"You do not know your own child," answered Sun.

"He is not our son. We will call him Mistaken-for-Morning-Star," as they all laughed heartily at the mistake.

The two boys were together constantly and became close companions. One day, they were on an adventure when Morning-Star pointed out some large birds with very long, sharp beaks.

"Foster-Brother, I warn you not to go near those dangerous creatures," said Morning-Star. "They killed my other brothers with their beaks."

Suddenly the birds chased the two boys. Morning-Star fled toward his home, but Foster-Brother stopped, picking up a club and one by one struck the birds dead.

Upon reaching home, Morning-Star excitedly reported to his father what had happened. Sun made a victory song honouring the young hero. In gratitude for saving Morning-Star's life, Sun gave him the forked stick for lifting hot embers and a braid of sweet grass to make incense. These sacred elements necessary for making the sweat lodge ceremony were a gift of trust.

"And this my sweat lodge I give to you," said the Sun. Mistaken- for-Morning-Star observed very carefully how it was constructed, in his mind preparing himself to one day returning to earth.

When Scarface did arrive at his tribal village, all of his people gathered to see the handsome young man in their midst. At first, they did not recognize him as Scarface.

"I have been in the sky," he told them. "Behold me, Morning-Star looks just like this. The Sun gave me these things used in the sweat lodge healing ceremony. That is how I lost my ugly scar."

Scarface explained how the forked stick and sweet grass were used. Then he set to work showing his people how to make the sweat lodge. This is how the first medicine sweat lodge was built upon earth by the Piegan tribe.

Now that Scarface was so very handsome and brought such a great blessing of healing to his tribe, the Chief's beautiful daughter became his wife.

In remembrance of Sun's gift to Scarface and his tribe, the Piegans always make the sweat lodge healing ceremony an important part of their annual Sun Dance Celebration.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

Thank you Nanci

2007-10-03T21:12:40Z

:
"As for the women teaching...yes there is a teaching about moon time. In the old days women on their time were given to stay in moon lodges. The moon lodges were placed around the perimeter of the village, as the medicine of a woman's menstruation is considered very powerful and protective at the same time. The women were in the lodge for the entire time and were ministered, cared for, and prayed for by other women. There were only certain fods eaten and everything was done FOR the women by the village through other women. It is a total time of community caring for the woemn in the moon lodges. There would be a feast for the women as they ended their time.
In a contemporary world, we are unable to build moon lodges around our villages. There are ways to honor this tradition. When is my time...my husband prepares the guest room for me to be comfortable and smell nice with sage and herbs. He makes me a sage bath at the beginning. During this time I fast and eat fruits and vegetables. If I eat meat it is only fish or chicken. I sleep away from him during this time. I also be as silent as I can be. During this week, my husband does all the caring for me, cooking for me, all the chores, etc..When it is time for that to be over...he prepares me a Cedar bath and makes me a feast of my choosing. It ends with the smuding of the house. These instructions were given by our medicine man. Women's medicine is powerful during this time and can be dangerous to those around her, if misdirected. All of these things are done to create a serene, calm environment and to help the woman be centered and focused on what she needs to hear/see/ and do in the next cycle of life.

I hope this helped~

Peace

nanci "

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

Aboriginal Wellbriety Month

2007-10-02T04:19:34Z

Indigenous Australia

The Howard Federal Government in Australia currently refuses to apologize to Aboriginal people for the injustices of the Stolen Generations. Many people wear the Indigenous colors to show they support an apology. Torres Strait Islander colors are on the left, and Aboriginal colors to the right.

Our Aboriginal brothers and sisters in Australia experience some of the same sobriety, recovery and wellness issues as do Native People in Turtle Island. Many Aboriginal Australians are working hard to get clear of alcohol and other drug use, as well as family violence. They are also working towards education, just as Indigenous people are here. Aboriginal Australian children were forced into “homes,” most never to see their families again or even know who their parents were. These are the Stolen Generations. The closest words we have to this is “boarding or residential schools.” Have you seen the film The Rabbit Proof Fence, which is all about the Australian Stolen Generations?

Aboriginal people in Australia have traditional teachings and practices, as do North American Native people. Dadirri or Deep Listening is one of those spiritual understandings that Indigenous people everywhere will recognize. This short writing that follows is by an Aboriginal woman by the name of Miriam Rose Ungunmerr-Baumann. Miriam is a traditional Ngangiwumirr woman from Daly River in the Northern territory of Australia, not far from the city of Darwin and the coast of the Timor Sea. She is an artist and Principal of the school in the small community of Daly River. The Indigenous issues in Australia are so similar to those everywhere in the world. When we hear in deep listening we experience some of what connects us.

Richard Simonelli, Editor

Daly River Country
Northern Territory Australia.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dadirri: Listening to one another
Miriam Rose Ungunmerr-Baumann

Dadirri. A special quality, a unique gift of the Aboriginal people, is inner deep listening and quiet still awareness. Dadirri recognises the deep spring that is inside us. It is something like what you call contemplation.

The contemplative way of Dadirri spreads over our whole life. It renews us and brings us peace. It makes us feel whole again. In our Aboriginal way we learnt to listen from our earliest times. We could not live good and useful lives unless we listened.

We are not threatened by silence. We are completely at home in it. Our Aboriginal way has taught us to be still and wait. We do not try to hurry things up. We let them follow their natural course - like the seasons. We watch the moon in each of its phases. We wait for the rain to fill our rivers and water the thirsty earth. When twilight comes we prepare for the night. At dawn we rise with the sun. We watch the bush foods and wait for them to open before we gather them. We wait for our young people as they grow, stage by stage through their initiation ceremonies. When a relation dies we wait for a long time with the sorrow. We own our grief and allow it to heal slowly. We wait for the right time for our ceremonies and meetings. The right people must be present. Careful preparations must be made. We don't mind waiting because we want things to be done with care. Sometimes many hours will be spent on painting the body before an important ceremony.

We don't worry. We know that in time and in the spirit of Dadirri (that deep listening and quiet stillness) the way will be made clear.

We are like the tree standing in the middle of a bushfire sweeping through the timber. The leaves are scorched and the tough bark is scarred and burnt, but inside the tree the sap is still flowing and under the ground the roots are still strong. Like that tree we have endured the flames and we still have the power to be re-born.

Our people are used to the struggle and the long waiting. We still wait for the white people to understand us better. We ourselves have spent many years learning about the white man's ways; we have learnt to speak the white man's language; we have listened to what he had to say. This learning and listening should go both ways. We are hoping people will come closer. We keep on longing for the things that we have always hoped for, respect and understanding.

We know that our white brothers and sisters carry their own particular burdens. We believe that if they let us come to them, if they open up their minds and hearts to us, we may lighten their burdens. There is a struggle for us but we have not lost our spirit of Dadirri.

There are deep springs within each one of us. Within this deep spring, which is the very spirit, is a sound. The sound of Deep calling to Deep. The time for rebirth is now. If our culture is alive and strong and respected it will grow. It will not die and our spirit will not die. I believe the spirit of Dadirri that we have to offer will blossom and grow, not just within ourselves but in our whole nation.

Edited version adapted from the writings of © Miriam Rose Ungunmerr-Baumann

Miriam-Rose Baumann is the Principal of St Francis Xavier School in the Nauiyu Aboriginal Community at Daly River in the Northern Territory.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

Cloud Catcher and the Moon Woman

2007-09-29T01:44:14Z

Cloud Catcher and the Moon Woman

Here is the myth of Endymion and Diana, as told on the shores of Saginaw Bay, Michigan by Indians who never heard of Greeks.

Cloud Catcher, a handsome youth of the Ojibwa, offended his family by refusing to fast
during the ceremony of his coming of age and was put out of the paternal wigwam.

It was so fine a night that the sky served him well as a roof. He had a boy's confidence in his ability to make a living, and something of fame and fortune, maybe. He dropped on a tuft of moss to plan for his future and drowsily noted a mysterious face in the bright moon.

He suddenly awoke to find that it was not day and the darkness was half dispelled by light that rayed from a figure near him. It was the form of a lovely woman.

"Cloud Catcher, I have come for you," she said.

As she turned as if to walk away, he felt impelled to rise and follow. But, instead of walking, she began to move into the air with the flight of an eagle, and endowed with a new power, he too ascended beside her. The earth was dim and vast below, stars blazed as they drew near them, yet the radiance of the woman seemed to dull their glory.

Presently they passed through a gate of clouds and stood on a beautiful plain with crystal clear ponds and brooks watering noble trees and leagues of flowery meadow; birds of brightest colors darted here and there, singing like flutes; the stones were agate, jasper and chalcedony. An immense lodge stood on the plain, and within were embroideries and ornaments, couches of rich furs, pipes and arms cut from jasper and tipped with silver.

While the young man was gazing around him with delight, the brother of his guide appeared and reproved her, advising her to send the young man back to earth at once. But she flatly refused to do so. Relenting to the wishes of his sister, the brother gave a pipe, a bow and arrows to Cloud Catcher as a token of his consent to their marriage. Her wished the couple happiness.

Cloud Catcher could hardly look at the brother who was commandingly tall and dazzling in his gold and silver ornaments. The brother could not be seen most of the day while his sister was absent part of the night.

One day, the bother permitted Cloud Catcher to go with him on one of his daily walks. As they crossed the endless and beautiful Sky Land, they glanced down through open valley bottoms on the green earth below. The rapid pace they struck gave to Cloud Catcher an appetite and he asked if there were no game. "Patience," counseled his companion.

On arriving at a spot where a large hole had been broken through the sky, they descended from the sky and reclined on mats. A silver ornament on the brother's dazzling regalia came off and he flung it into group of children playing in front of a lodge. One of the little ones fell and crying as he was carried inside the lodge.

Upon hearing of the incident, all the villagers left their sports and labors and looked up at the sky. The tall brother cried in a voice of thunder, "Offer a sacrifice and the child shall be well again."

So a white dog was killed, roasted, and in a twinkling it shot up the feet of Cloud Catcher, who, being empty, attacked it voraciously. Many such walks and feasts came after, and the sights of earth and taste of meat filled the mortal with longing to see his people again.

Later Cloud Catcher told his wife that he wanted to go back to the earth. She consented after a time saying, "Since you are better pleased with the cares, the ills, the labor, and the poverty of the world than with the comfort and abundance of Sky Land, you may return; but remember you are still my husband, and beware how you venture to take an earthly maiden for a wife." She then rose lightly and clasped Cloud Catcher by the wrist and began to move with him through the air.

The motion lulled him and he fell asleep, waking at the door of his father's lodge. His relatives gathered and gave him welcome, and he learned that he had been in the sky for a year. He took the privations of a hunter's and warrior's life less kindly than he though to, and after a time he enlivened its monotony by taking to wife a bright-eyed girl of his tribe. In four days she was dead. The lesson was unheeded and he married again. Shortly after, he stepped from his lodge one evening and never came back. The woods were filled with a strange radiance on that night, and it is asserted that Cloud Catcher was taken back to the lodge of the Sun and Moon, and is now content to live in heaven.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies

the prophecies are coming true and nearer in time

2007-09-28T09:48:28Z

Alabama City Reopening Fallout Shelters
By JAY REEVES,

AP
Posted: 2007-09-28 00:10:29
Filed Under: Nation News
HUNTSVILLE, Ala. (Sept. 27) - In an age of al-Qaida, sleeper cells and the threat of nuclear terrorism, Huntsville is dusting off its Cold War manual to create the nation's most ambitious fallout-shelter plan, featuring an abandoned mine big enough for 20,000 people to take cover underground.

Photo Gallery: Taking Precautions
Dave Martin, AP
A fallout shelter sign is seen Sept. 19 in Huntsville, Ala. Fearing a nuclear strike by terrorists, officials are working to identify potential shelters for 300,000 people in the city and surrounding county.
1 of 5

Others would hunker down in college dorms, churches, libraries and research halls that planners hope will bring the community's shelter capacity to 300,000, or space for every man, woman and child in Huntsville and the surrounding county.

Emergency planners in Huntsville - an out-of-the-way city best known as the home of NASA 's Marshall Space Flight Center - say the idea makes sense because radioactive fallout could be scattered for hundreds of miles if terrorists detonated a nuclear bomb.

''If Huntsville is in the blast zone, there's not much we can do. But if it's just fallout ... shelters would absorb 90 percent of the radiation,'' said longtime emergency management planner Kirk Paradise, whose Cold War expertise with fallout shelters led local leaders to renew Huntsville's program.

Huntsville's project, developed using $70,000 from a Homeland Security grant, goes against the grain because the United States essentially scrapped its national plan for fallout shelters after the collapse of the Soviet Union. Congress cut off funding and the government published its last list of approved shelters at the end of 1992.

After Sept. 11, Homeland Security created a metropolitan protection program that includes nuclear-attack preparation and mass shelters. But no other city has taken the idea as far as Huntsville has, officials said.

Many cities advise residents to stay at home and seal up a room with plastic and duct tape during a biological, chemical or nuclear attack. Huntsville does too, in certain cases.

Local officials agree the ''shelter-in-place'' method would be best for a ''dirty bomb'' that scattered nuclear contamination through conventional explosives. But they say full-fledged shelters would be needed to protect from the fallout of a nuclear bomb.

Program leaders recently briefed members of Congress, including Rep. Charlie Dent, R-Pa., who called the shelter plan an example of the ''all-hazards'' approach needed for emergency preparedness.

''Al-Qaida, we know, is interested in a nuclear capability. It's our nation's fear that a nuclear weapon could get into terrorists' hands,'' Dent said.

As fallout shelters go, the Three Caves Quarry just outside downtown offers the kind of protection that would make Dr. Strangelove proud, with space for an arena-size crowd of some 20,000 people.

Last mined in the early '50s, the limestone quarry is dug 300 yards into the side of the mountain, with ceilings as high as 60 feet and 10 acres of floor space covered with jagged rocks. Jet-black in places with a year-round temperature of about 60 degrees, it has a colony of bats living in its highest reaches and baby stalactites hanging from the ceiling.

''It would be a little trying, but it's better than the alternative,'' said Andy Prewett, a manager with The Land Trust of Huntsville and North Alabama, a nonprofit preservation group that owns the mine and is making it available for free.

In all, the Huntsville-Madison County Emergency Management Agency has identified 105 places that can be used as fallout shelters for about 210,000 people. They are still looking for about 50 more shelters that would hold an additional 100,000 people.

While officials have yet to launch a campaign to inform people of the shelters, a local access TV channel showed a video about the program, which also is explained on a county Web site.

If a bomb went off tomorrow, Paradise said, officials would tell people where to find shelter through emergency alerts on TV and radio stations. ''We're pretty much ready to go because we have a list of shelters,'' he said.

Most of the shelters would offer more comfort than the abandoned mine, such as buildings at the University of Alabama in Huntsville that would house 37,643. A single research hall could hold more than 8,100.

Homeland Security spokeswoman Alexandra Kirin said of Huntsville's wide-ranging plan: ''We're not aware of any other cities that are doing that.''

Plans call for staying inside for as long as two weeks after a bomb blast, though shelters might be needed for only a few hours in a less dire emergency.

Unlike the fallout shelters set up during the Cold War, the new ones will not be stocked with water, food or other supplies. For survivors of a nuclear attack, it would be strictly ''BYOE'' - bring your own everything. Just throw down a sleeping bag on the courthouse floor - or move some of the rocks on the mine floor - and make yourself at home.

''We do not guarantee them comfort, just protection,'' said Paradise, who is coordinating the shelter plans for the local emergency management agency.

Convenience store owner Tandi Prince said she cannot imagine living in the cavern after a bombing.

''That would probably not be very fun,'' she said.

Copyright 2007 The Associated Press. The information contained in the AP news report may not be published, broadcast, rewritten or otherwise distributed without the prior written authority of The Associated Press. All active hyperlinks have been inserted by AOL.
2007-09-27 17:16:33

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

Update Sharbot Lake

2007-09-26T08:17:09Z

OPP “LOOSE CANNONS” AT SHARBOT LAKE –

BIZARRE AND STRANGE HAPPENINGS!

MNN. Sept. 8, 2007. On Saturday September 8th MNN went to

Sharbot Lake to support the Algonquins in friendship. We

Mohawks are concerned about the outcome of the protest

against uranium mining because the Ottawa and St. Lawrence

River watershed on Kanion’ke:haka land is going to be affected.

We won’t let our water table get poisoned.

Algonquin war chief Harold Perry initially sent a wampum to the

Tyendinaga Mohawks for our people to join them. The wampum

is an official invitation for us to take part in the operation, not just

to be bystanders.

The Algonquins have asked supporters to visit the site of the protest.

They are trying to stop Frontenac Ventures from opening up a

uranium mine on their unsurrendered territory. Every sane and

healthy person, whether indigenous or a member of the colonial

society, can support this.

The reception at the site was stiff. We were invited to go behind

the wired fence in front of the old vacant Robertsville Mine on

Highway 509 west of Perth Ontario. We talked with war chief Earl

Brodeur. His wisdom appears to be beyond idealism. Earl told us

they were getting worldwide attention following the articles.

This is an issue that the governments who have been bought off

by commercial ventures would rather ignore.

Then the old war chief, Harold Perry, came out of the tent meeting

that was taking place beside the road outside the gate. He told us

we were not welcome and to leave immediately. He accused MNN

of inaccuracies in the stories about their issue. They say they’ve

been “damaged by them” and wanted control over MNN stories.

We were then escorted to the outside of the front gate and stood

next to the road.

Then the Ontario Provincial Police officer, Randy Cota, who is also

a chief of the Ardoc Lake Algonquins, joined us. He voiced solid

opposition to three issues that MNN had raised: the OPP’s presence

within the protest; his association with MREL Mining Resources

Engineering Limited who had been developing and testing bombs

about 6 miles behind the protest site; and the presence of the

religious right.

This reminded us of when Jim Loney of the Peacemakers Team was

held hostage by the Iraqis. Jim Potts, advisor to the OPP, phoned

around and asked us to make statements to the Iraqis to let him go.

Not long after Potts was plotting a raid against us at Six Nations which

we headed off and Potts backed down. The religious right has in fact

impacted negatively where lives were lost because people bought into

their rhetoric based on positions that everyone can agree with, such

as the need for peaceful solutions.

When MNN pointed out that the research on MREL was correct

according to their own website, they stopped short. Also, that close

associations do exist between the OPP and the defenders, particularly

himself.

We agreed that MNN will peruse their reports provided “from the site”.

In other words, they appear to have adopted the customs of the

dominant states which want to prevent investigative journalism and

for the media to publish only the stories by their “imbedded” reporters.

So much for freedom of the press which was once considered a pillar

of democracy.

They were asked, if the inaccuracies were so glaring, why weren’t

they brought to MNN’s attention. MNN has always conducted fuller

investigations and printed corrections or retractions. They replied

that, “Everybody was too busy!” They were asked if at anytime did

MNN not support the Algonquins? They said that was not the problem.

So what is it?

From all appearances a hierarchy has been developed and taken hold

of the site, with the OPP sitting at the top. They maintain police cruisers

before and after the site and constant surveillance of everyone going in

and out. They have enlarged their presence at the Sharbot Lake

detachment with a huge trailer and some of the paraphernalia a para-

military force might need for a sudden attack from an obscure position.

Brian Heslip, of MELT, “Major Events Liaison Team”, is there to help

the people develop the “right approach” toward the OPP presence.

His Colgate smile sparkles and his eyes twinkle with warmth when

he says, “I couldn’t hurt a fly”. He’s not stiff like an OPP. His body

language is relaxed as often happens with people who are secure in

their power. Two weeks of Aboriginal Sensitivity Training got rid of any

outward appearances of racism. He actually made a beaded bracelet

and took part in a sweat lodge. No kidding! This makes him an expert?

There is nothing like a good sweat to make you feel like an indigenous,

he thinks. The next thing you know, he will be applying for his Indian

Status card.

It was also strange to see all those tents along the road allowance.

How good of a defense could a few elderly white ladies launch when

the invasion happens?

Then we left and went to visit an elder member of Ardoc Lake

Algonquins who lives nearby. Let’s call her “Madge”. She lives in a

small house in the bush at the end of a dirt road. While we sat at her

kitchen table drinking tea and eating her nutritious cookies, she

received a call from OPP officer, Brandy Winter [Badge number

9323, phone 613-279-2195]. Brandy is part of ART “Aboriginal

Relations Team”. She warned Madge, “If you go to the main site,

you may be turned away because you are not welcome there.

This message is from the Algonquins and the settlers”. Butter

couldn’t melt in her icy mouth.

It looks like the OPP has authority to tell Algonquin elders if they

can speak with their people. The elder then asked, “Could I be in

danger? Everybody knows I live alone. What can I do for my

safety? I thought this was a non-violent demonstration”.

Madge phoned the OPP and reported the incident. Then MNN

reported to the OPP that they were witnesses when Madge received

the threat. MNN then asked the OPP for safe passage out of the area.

Last July the OPP had followed and intimidated three women

supporters who had come to Perth for the demonstration and then

to the site at the invitation of Harold Perry.

Yesterday MNN phoned several relatives and told them about the

latest incident.

On the way out OPP cars passed us every 5 minutes. Normally

people don’t see them for weeks at a time. A resident has to call

the local donut shop to get them to do their job. Please, Tim Horton,

don’t set one up there. The OPP should leave intead of creating all

this trouble. Maybe their rash actions are the result of caffeine

withdrawal because they’re always speeding through Lanark

County. They’re the main violators of the speed limit.

Brandy Winter refused to give Madge her phone number. “What will

I do if I am attacked?”

Brandy said, “Just go outside and wave down a passing OPP”.

Honestly, this is basically what Brandy said. Brandy said three

times that this was “not an order from the police”.

As funny as this account is, these are state police tactics.

Even the OPP dispatcher at Smiths Falls said it “was weird”.

She wondered if it was a prank. No, it was a threat against an

elderly wisp of a member of the community. She eats a lot of

spaghetti trying to put some weight back on. She lost ten pounds

since the protest started.

What will happen if the OPP bring in armed troops with all those

infiltrators in there? The Algonquins may not see it coming. At least

five OPP infiltrators have even formed a drum group at Ardoc. They

were the host drum for the recent pow wow on September 1st.

Instead of being thanked for our assistance, we were chased away.

Why? Their defense of the OPP, the religious right and MREL is

bizarre. We can’t tell who is giving the orders from Ottawa or

Washington or some corporate headquarters. How can the OPP

threaten solid support that has not threatened or committed any

crime? Don’t forget that uttering threats is a crime. The documented

threat so far has come from the OPP.

It is becoming apparent that the outsiders have infiltrated the site.

Let’s hope that the majority of Algonquins are not heading into the

“acquiescence stage”?

MNN is not undermining support of the land, water table and the

prohibition of uranium mining that the Algonquins and settlers are

working for. MNN continues to support this stand. Attention has

been successfully diverted from the threat to the water shed posed

by the uranium mine and to the skullduggery involved in state

sanctioned manufacture of car bombs.

What is the OPP staging? Are they trying to ease the Algonquins

into a settlement of their unsurrendered lands? Then Frontenac

Ventures can start their uranium mining?

Recently Ontario Superior Court Judge Lynn Ratushny of Ottawa

made a decision regarding the 2004 RCMP raid of the home of Julliet

O’Neill, an Ottawa Citizen reporter. They wanted her sources of

information and seized all her documents and computer files.

This was found to be unconstitutional and illegal in a free and

democratic society.

OPP and Canada, MNN is not “Pravda”, which was the official voice

of the communist totalitarian regime in Russia at a time when no

media could criticize the government. Canada is going in this

direction by trying to intimidate all media to go along with their

“party line”.

Kahentinetha Horn

MNN Mohawk Nation News

See: "Sharbot Lake"

http://www.mohawknationnews.com/news/news4.php?lang=en&layout=mnn&category=58&srcurl=%2Fnews%2Fnews3.php%3Flang%3Den%26layout%3Dmnn%26sortorder%3D0

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

can someone tell me about shrew medicine?

2007-09-26T08:14:20Z

is there such a thing? one showed up on my doorstep today.

cute little thing. but what is his message?

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 1 reply

Hopi's BLUE STAR Appears

2007-09-02T21:08:45Z

World Truth Gathering 2000-2012 at TRIBE
http://tribes.tribe.net/worldgathering

WORLD GATHERING FOR TRUTH - News
http://www.worldgathering.net/news15.html

Hopi Nation's BLUE STAR KACHINA Becomes Visible

This is the star MIRA. Mira is Latin for 'WONDERFUL'.
"Nothing like this has ever been seen before around a star"

"And this is the Ninth and Last Sign: You will hear of a dwelling-place in the heavens, above the earth ... It will appear as a blue star." ... "That time is not far off. It will come when the Saquasohuh (Blue Star) Kachina dances in the plaza and removes his mask. He represents a blue star, far off and yet invisible, which will make its appearance soon." - Hopi Nation's Traditional Prophecy

Star MIRA ..... MIRACLE ..... Wonderful

"Very soon after this, the ceremonies of my people will cease."
--- This signifies a positive development. The Hopi were told they must carry on keeping 'the Hopi way', including their ceremonies, until the Creator returned. This sign of a Blue Star indicates the return to the world and to the Hopi of the True White Brother and his two helpers. Hopi tradition says about the Hopi's three helpers: "The three will lay out a new life plan which leads to everlasting life and peace." Therefore, the Hopi's 'watch and wait' ceremonies, which they have maintained for so long, may no longer be needed or may change into another form.

Information on Hopi's Blue Star:
http://www.cyberspaceorbit.com/miraxy.htm

Thanks to hard-working website owner Kent at www.cyberspaceorbit.com

BIZARRE STAR - Galaxy Evolution Explorer Media Telecon: Aug. 15, 2007
--- Astronomers are scheduled to announce new findings about a star unlike any seen before at a media teleconference Wednesday, Aug. 15. The findings are from NASA's Galaxy Evolution Explorer. ... "I was shocked when I first saw this completely unexpected, humongous tail trailing behind a well-known star," said Christopher Martin of the California Institute of Technology in Pasadena, California, USA.

More here:
http://www.nasa.gov/mission_pages/galex/20070815/
And:
http://www.nasa.gov/mission_pages/galex/galex-20070815.html

Impressive video compilation on Mira / Hopi Nation's Blue Star Kachina:
http://www.nasa.gov/mov/186071main_V-MiraAnim-Web2.mov

Additional information by World Gathering ....

Dan Evehema, Hopi Nation Elder: “We are at the final stages now… so as our prophecy says. Then it must be up to the people with pure hearts that will not be afraid to help us to fulfil our destiny in peace for this world.”

An inter-tribal, interactive (you can make it happen) prediction ....
The 20 Count / Rainbow Dream Vision of Hope
"PLEASE ADVISE PEOPLE, IT IS TIME TO TAKE ACTION. PUT A DOUBLE AMOUNT OF ENERGY WITH WHAT YOU ARE FOR. WE CAN CHANGE IT." --- If we carry on believing in a better world, and INCREASE OUR EFFORTS, we can change the direction the world is going.
http://www.worldgathering.net/world/vision.html

HOPI PROPHECY - The Three Helpers of the Hopi and World ....
http://www.worldgathering.net/winds/whitebrother.html

Join World Gathering GOOGLE news list:
http://groups.google.com/group/worldgathering

World Truth Gathering 2000-2012 at TRIBE
http://tribes.tribe.net/worldgathering

This World Gathering For Truth news is at:
'Hopi Nation's BLUE STAR KACHINA Becomes Visible'
http://www.worldgathering.net/news15.html

World Gathering For Truth 2000-2012
http://www.worldgathering.net

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 3 replies

Kickapoo and Cree!

2007-09-02T20:44:04Z

My family is very one sided about cultures. We only celebrate Black cultures but never my other culture Kickapoo and Chippewa/Cree. I barely know ANYTHING about my people because my family doesn't talk about it. They only told me the name of my people's tribe, showed me pictures, and a few artifacts. If anyone knows anything about my people can you please tell me!!!!

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 2 replies

I fight againt newagers

2007-09-02T13:01:29Z

I live in italy.Many new age center was born here in last years.they organize indian meeting with native american apple and ask money for it.
I saw an apache make an inipi or a seneca claims his self leader of the sun dance.On the net I fight against many italian or not, indian community where the people(white man) teach false ndn cerimony.

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 8 replies

EMERGENCY POST: HAUNTED CHILD - TIM CAFFREY

2007-09-02T04:46:42Z

THIS MESSAGE HAS BEEN POSTED AT HUMAN RIGHTS IN ACTION (GOOGLE GROUPS), VARIOUS TRIBE SITES, EFx2, FACE BOOK, MY SPACE, YAHOO, MS LIVE & BLOGGAR, ETC. I WRITE UNDER A COMMON CONTENTS LICENSE SO AS LONG AS YOU DON'T EDIT IT OR FORGET TO CREDIT THE AUTHOR PLEASE FEEL FREE TO POST THIS ANYWHERE YOU FEEL IT WILL HELP TIM CAFFREY. OH BOTHER IT! JUST DON'T EDIT IT FORGET MY NAME IF YOU WANT! emch

King George, VA

Achairde All:

Well, I survived the first half of the trip and it was just about as pleasant as one could imagine it to be. However, I have hoisted the EMERGENCY Flag because there is a man in South Dakota who is in dire need of our help. By that I mean a concentrated effort and not merely reading this and saying how horrible it is and moving on. I have placed this is its entirety so you can read it for yourselves. I have been in touch with Arnie Berkeland and Arnold Miller who is Governor Rounds Aide when it comes to Clemency & Pardons. I have obtained two experts willing to donate their time- one in Bi-racial Adoptions and the other is a Guardian Ad Litem Attorney who has worked on similar cases. Right now I am attempting to find a Psychiatrist or Psychologist who has the expertise in PTSD and Child Abuse we need to complete our efforts. The Oglala Sioux Nation passed a Resolution in Tim's favor on Friday, August 10th and when I spoke with Mr. Berkeland this past Monday, August 13th, he advised that a very respected retired Politician has also agreed to speak to the Governor on Tim's behalf.

Modblog refugees will remember the flaming I took when I reported an abused child to the Norman, OK Police Department after I read her postings at her Blog. I and some of my friends in Human Rights & Children's Rights work offered her our help and her answer was to take her pages down and pretend that she was just mad at her Mom. Folks, I appreciate a good vent as much as the next woman but I DO know the difference and so did the Norman Police because I took the precaution of printing out those pages BEFORE she could delete them. The result was that she and her mother received the help they needed. The saddest thing about Tim Caffrey is that a whole cadre of Adults KNEW about his abuse and NO ONE- NOT EVEN THEIR MINISTER AND HIS WIFE DID ANYTHING CONCRETE TO HELP HIM. When the Norman Detective asked why I had "bothered' to report the case my response was simply, 'IT WAS THE RIGHT THING TO DO."

Tim Caffrey was originally charged with Murder One and it was changed to Manslaughter One when the Judge refused the charge. In every other state he would have received a maximum of 40 to 45 years. Done, on average, a third of that sentence or 14 years and been Paroled. He received Life WITHOUT Parole and has been incarcerated for twenty-seven years. Of course he didn't exactly get the most objective of trials. Everyday we read about some sexual predator who got twenty-five to Life and is out in five. Don't believe me? Check out your state's Sexual Offender List. The one that is supposed to let you know where they are so you can protect your kids. Since a large majority of them seem to want to move Florida I check the FDLE List once a month. There is a man who just moved in directly across from me who is not only listed as a Registered Sex Offender in big bold red letters it says:

THIS MAN IS ALSO REGISTERED AS A VIOLENT SEXUAL PREDATOR

NOW there is a comforting thought now isn't it? In his entire 'career' he has done less than a third of time that Tim Caffrey has done. We need to change that and we need your help to do it. I KNOW that I can count on you to do the right thing because we have made a difference on other issues. Jeb Bush may not be governor anymore but you can be he remembers the 11 days we shut his email down. 0;-) We can do it again- so please spread the word.

Keep the Faith mo Charan!

Slan leat,
Elaine
AKA Cabin Fever
CABIN FEVER ONLINE

PICTURE OF ABUSED CHILD CONTINUES TO HAUNT WOMAN

By Betty Adams Aitchison

Caldwell, Idaho

Published: August 7, 2007 - ARGUS

I am a voice from the faraway past of Timothy Sean Caffrey. I am Betty Adams Aitchison, whose husband pastored the little Faith Missionary Church in Martin, S.D., for 10 years. This was in the mid-1960s and 70s. The Bill and Olive Caffrey family attended our church. I knew them well.

Tim Caffrey is an Oglala Sioux, adopted by the Caffreys when he was less than a year old. I was a part of Tim's formative years. I taught him in Sunday School and vacation Bible school.

Bill Caffrey was a politically powerful man as South Dakota regional director of health and welfare. He also was an abusive alcoholic. I witnessed some of the abuse of Tim and tried to intervene but to no avail.

One particular incident has continued to haunt me through the years. It is a picture of a little 14-year-old Sioux Indian boy, sitting in the living room of Bill and Olive Caffrey's home, being disciplined for sharing marijuana with a friend.

I was living in Idaho at the time but visiting Martin. Olive asked me to basically act as a mediator when they addressed this issue.

Olive began the questioning. I still remember exactly how we were all seated. I was on the couch. Olive was across the room to my left, Tim, to my right, and Bill, pacing the floor. Olive asked Tim where he had gotten the marijuana, and Tim reluctantly told her. She asked, "Why didn't you just say 'no' and tell us what had happened?"

Tim replied, "I made a mistake, and I'm sorry."

At this point, Bill stomped toward Tim. "You made a mistake. We are the ones who made the mistake. The biggest mistake we ever made was when we adopted you, you stupid Indian," Bill said, cuffing Tim on the head.

Tim burst into convulsive sobs, and Bill walked away.

I got up from my seat and went to Tim. I said, "Timmie, you are a good boy who did a bad thing. You are not a stupid Indian. You are a brilliant boy with a right and powerful heritage."

Bill Caffrey was an overbearing, abusive alcoholic who often inflicted physical and emotional abuse on Tim. Olive worked at the Gordon hospital, 50 miles away, and left home at 2 p.m., not returning until after midnight, leaving Tim at the mercy of Bill's drunken outbursts and hostilities.

I have never, nor do I now, condone Tim's handling of this situation. However, almost 27 years have passed since I sat through the trial of a 17-year-old Indian boy, tried as an adult, by a white judge, 12 white jurors and a white attorney, and I heard the sentence of life without parole.

There is no question that the boy acted wrongfully when he shot and killed his adoptive father. However, many years of agonizing remorse have made Tim the man he is today. He is a well-rounded, gentle man who has worked hard to prepare himself for life outside the prison walls. He has mastered the art of welding and continues his education as much as is available to him.

Tim has a very strong support group. It is headed by Arnie Berkeland, a Sioux Falls businessman, who has visited Tim more than 1,200 times in the past 27 years. Tim will be provided with good employment and housing as well as spiritual and emotional support.

I urge you to please write Gov. Mike Rounds, asking him to sign the unanimous recommendation of the South Dakota Board of Pardons and Paroles to commute Tim's sentence from life to time served. This is the third time the board has voted to reduce Tim's sentence.

Tim was never a 'murderer.' He was an abused child, pressed beyond measure and made a terrible mistake in dealing with his abuser. For this, I feel he has paid sufficiently.

White men charged with the same crime are walking free today. Please work for 'equal justice' in this case. -30-

Timothy S. Caffrey # 20483
S.D.S.P. Box 5911
Sioux Falls, SD 57117-5911 USA

Date of birth: May 28-1963
Nation/tribal affiliation: Oglala Sioux
Release date: none

I would like a pen pal that would increase my intelligence based upon what
I've written. No gossip, no complaining, just learning and expanding.
Thank you!

Listening To: WALELA - TELL THEM THAT THEY LIE
I'm Feeling: RAGE AGAINST THE MACHINE
Tags: abuse, bigotry, child, injustice, native, american and petition

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 2 replies

traditional perspectives on "two spirited people"?

2007-08-31T22:33:06Z

I would like to pose a question, as I have not found anyone willing to speak & share on this issue outside tribe. I look forward to hearing your thoughts.

What do you feel defines being two spirited & what has the role/importance of two spirited people traditionally been within your Nation/tribe/clan ? What do you feel the role of a two spirited person is in modern society, (if you feel it has changed) ?

(I am bisexual so when I heard the term "two spirited people" this was something of personal & political interest to me, especially in the face of modern homophobia)

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 4 replies

lets try this again...tribe sucks when I try to post

2007-08-22T02:06:31Z

John Trudell's album AKA Graffiti man Rich Man's War Jesse Ed Davis, John Trudell John Trudell (5:51)

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 2 replies

Hello all! (introduction)

2007-08-20T12:23:03Z

Hello all!
I just wanted to say hello & to state my intentions here.
There are ancestral issues in my family in need of healing. I have not been raised in the First Nations traditions. That being said there are areas in my family, in my life, in Canada, and in the world at large that require further healing. I need to be responsible for my share of the healing. That is not something I can do alone, I am therefore here in search of wisdom & connections, that will aid in this. I am here mostly to listen, also to ask some questions. I would like again to express my thanks to Kalona Warrior of Peace. I look forward to learning more & to getting to know the other tribers.
Blessings,
Danceintechnicolour

posted in American Indian(Native American)Original - 0 replies